Users Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch S4820T

Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the

S4820T System

9.10(0.0)

April 2016

Summary of content (1547 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S4820T System 9.10(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2016 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents Chapter 1: About this Guide.........................................................................................................39 Objectives........................................................................................................................................................................... 39 Audience..............................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
asf-mode............................................................................................................................................................................. 83 banner exec........................................................................................................................................................................ 84 banner login....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
show tech-support.......................................................................................................................................................... 135 ssh-peer-stack-unit.........................................................................................................................................................136 telnet..........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
ip access-list standard.............................................................................................................................................. 175 permit............................................................................................................................................................................176 resequence access-list..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 7
match metric.............................................................................................................................................................. 226 match origin................................................................................................................................................................ 227 match route-type................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs)........................................................................................................................................ 272 permit (for IPv6 ACLs).................................................................................................................................................. 274 deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs).............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 9
bgp confederation identifier.....................................................................................................................................311 bgp confederation peers.......................................................................................................................................... 312 bgp dampening...........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound................................................................................................................ 354 neighbor timers..........................................................................................................................................................355 neighbor update-source.......................................................................................................................................... 356 neighbor weight.....
PAGE 11
Chapter 10: Content Addressable Memory (CAM)......................................................................408 CAM Profile Commands................................................................................................................................................ 408 cam-acl (Configuration).......................................................................................................................................... 409 cam-acl-egress.............................................
PAGE 12
dcbx port-role............................................................................................................................................................ 444 dcbx version............................................................................................................................................................... 445 debug dcbx.......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
Commands to Configure the System to be a DHCP Server................................................................................ 492 clear ip dhcp............................................................................................................................................................... 492 debug ip dhcp server................................................................................................................................................493 debug ipv6 dhcp ..............
PAGE 14
ip host.......................................................................................................................................................................... 523 clear host.................................................................................................................................................................... 524 Chapter 15: Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP)............................................................................... 525 ecmp-group.................
PAGE 15
show frrp........................................................................................................................................................................... 561 timer................................................................................................................................................................................... 562 Chapter 19: GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP)...........................................................................
PAGE 16
clear ip igmp snooping groups............................................................................................................................... 603 debug ip igmp snooping...........................................................................................................................................604 ip igmp snooping enable..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 17
speed (for 10/100/1000/10000 interfaces)....................................................................................................... 663 speed (Management interface).............................................................................................................................665 stack-unit portmode.................................................................................................................................................665 switchport.............................
PAGE 18
clear arp-cache................................................................................................................................................................700 clear host.......................................................................................................................................................................... 702 clear ip fib stack-unit.............................................................................................................................
PAGE 19
show cam-acl................................................................................................................................................................... 759 permit icmp........................................................................................................................................................................761 permit...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
adjacency-check..............................................................................................................................................................799 advertise........................................................................................................................................................................... 800 area-password.........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
net.......................................................................................................................................................................................836 passive-interface.............................................................................................................................................................836 redistribute....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
show config................................................................................................................................................................. 881 show vlan..................................................................................................................................................................... 881 tagged......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 23
ip vlan-flooding.................................................................................................................................................................919 Chapter 34: Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP)........................................................ 920 clear ip msdp peer.......................................................................................................................................................... 920 clear ip msdp sa-cache.................
PAGE 24
Chapter 37: Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP)....................................................................... 957 clear ipv6 neighbors....................................................................................................................................................... 957 ipv6 neighbor................................................................................................................................................................... 958 show ipv6 neighbors...............
PAGE 25
area range....................................................................................................................................................................991 area stub..................................................................................................................................................................... 992 auto-cost..................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
show ip ospf database router................................................................................................................................1041 show ip ospf database summary..........................................................................................................................1043 show ip ospf interface............................................................................................................................................1045 show ip ospf neighbor.......
PAGE 27
show cam pbr.................................................................................................................................................................1094 show ip redirect-list......................................................................................................................................................1095 Chapter 41: PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM)................................................................................. 1096 IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands......
PAGE 28
Chapter 44: Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+)................................................................. 1135 description....................................................................................................................................................................... 1135 disable............................................................................................................................................................................... 1136 extend system-id......
PAGE 29
show qos class-map.................................................................................................................................................1176 show qos dot1p-queue-mapping........................................................................................................................... 1177 show qos policy-map...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
version.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1219 Chapter 47: Remote Monitoring (RMON)..................................................................................1221 rmon alarm.......................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 31
aaa authentication login......................................................................................................................................... 1260 access-class...............................................................................................................................................................1261 enable password......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 32
crypto key generate................................................................................................................................................1299 crypto key zeroize rsa.............................................................................................................................................1301 debug ip ssh...............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
Chapter 52: sFlow.................................................................................................................... 1338 sflow collector................................................................................................................................................................1339 sflow enable (Global)....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
logging on.................................................................................................................................................................. 1380 logging source-interface.........................................................................................................................................1381 logging synchronous...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
Chapter 58: SupportAssist....................................................................................................... 1426 eula-consent................................................................................................................................................................... 1426 support-assist.................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
ntp trusted-key.............................................................................................................................................................. 1454 show clock...................................................................................................................................................................... 1454 show ntp associations..................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
Chapter 64: Virtual Link Trunking (VLT)...................................................................................1489 back-up destination...................................................................................................................................................... 1490 clear vlt statistics.......................................................................................................................................................... 1490 delay-restore.................
PAGE 38
show ip vrf...................................................................................................................................................................... 1524 show run vrf................................................................................................................................................................... 1525 Chapter 67: Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP).........................................................1527 IPv4 VRRP Commands...............
PAGE 39
1 About this Guide This guide provides information about the Dell EMC Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in Dell EMC Networking OS.
PAGE 40
Information Icons This guide uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
PAGE 41
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 42
User "admin" on line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a Command mode, there are several ways to access help: To obtain a list of Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword.
PAGE 43
When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: ● Commands are not case-sensitive. ● Enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter int teng 1/1 for the interface tengigabitethernet 1/1 command. ● Use the TAB key to complete keywords in commands. ● Use the up Arrow key to display the last enabled command. ● Use either the Backspace key or Delete key to erase the previous character.
PAGE 44
Using the Keyword no Command To disable, delete or return to default values, use the no form of the commands. For most commands, if you type the keyword no in front of the command, you disable that command or delete it from the running configuration. In this guide, the no form of the command is described in the Syntax portion of the command description.
PAGE 45
Enabling Software Features on Devices Using a Command Option The capability to activate software applications or components on a device using a command is supported on this platform. Starting with Release 9.4(0.0), you can enable or disable specific software features or applications that need to run on a device by using a command attribute in the CLI interface. This enables effective, streamlined management and administration of applications and utilities that run on a device.
PAGE 46
show feature Verify the status of software applications, such as VRF, that are activated and running on a device. Syntax show feature Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 47
You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. CONFIGURATION Mode In EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces. To enter CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include conf. From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command.
PAGE 48
ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode. For more information, see ecmp_overview. To enter ECMP GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include conf-ecmp-groupecmp-group-id. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode.
PAGE 49
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol frrp command then the ring ID. The prompt changes to include conf-frrp-ring-id. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces. An interface can be physical (for example, a Gigabit Ethernet port) or virtual (for example, the Null interface). To enter INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 50
ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv6 for ISIS, use ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY mode. For more information, see Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER ISIS mode. 2. Enter the address-family ipv6 unicast command. The prompt changes to include conf-router_isisaf_ipv6. LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode.
PAGE 51
To enter MONITOR SESSION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the monitor session command, and then the session ID. The prompt changes to include conf-mon-sesssessionID. MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, see Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command.
PAGE 52
You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PRIORITY GROUP Mode To create an ETS priority group, use PRIORITY GROUP mode. For more information, see ETS Commands. To enter PRIORITY GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the priority-group command, and then the group name. The prompt changes to include conf-pg. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 53
ROUTER BGP Mode To enable and configure Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use ROUTER BGP mode. For more information, see Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4) To enter ROUTER BGP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router bgp command, and then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include conf-router_bgp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 54
To enter SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. The prompt changes to include conf-stp. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. SupportAssist Mode To enable and configure the SupportAssist, use SupportAssist mode. For more information, see SupportAssist. 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the support-assist command. The prompt changes to include conf-supportassist.
PAGE 55
To enter UPLINK STATE GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the uplink-state-group command, and then the group ID number. The prompt changes to include confuplink-state-group-groupID.
PAGE 56
3 File Management This section contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files, as well as other file management commands.
PAGE 57
secondary Enter the keyword secondary to specify the secondary Dell Networking OS image. nfsmount Enter the keyword nfsmount: to retrieve the image from a mounted NFS file system. nfsmount://filepath system: Enter the keyword system: to retrieve the image from the system. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server. tftp://hostip/ filepath. A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the system partitions.
PAGE 58
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added NFS mount support. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. HTTP Copy via CLI Copy one file to another location.
PAGE 59
Parameters compressedconfig Enter the keywords compressed-config to copy a file from the current system configuration. flash: Enter the keyword flash: to copy from the local file system ([flash://]filepath). ftp: Enter the keyword ftp: to copy from the remote file system, IPv4, or IPv6, (ftp://userid:password@hostip/filepath) . http: Enter the keyword http: to copy from the remote file system, IPv4, or IPv6, (http://hostip/filepath) .
PAGE 60
target is specified in the ensuing prompts. Dell Networking OS prompts you to enter any required information for the named destination — remote destination, destination filename, user ID, password, and so forth.
PAGE 61
Example Related Commands Dell# copy http://admin:admin123@10.16.206.77/sample_file flash:// sample_file Dell# ● cd – changes the working directory. delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored. Syntax Parameters delete {flash: | nfsmount: | usbflash:} [no-confirm] flash: To delete a file or directory on the internal flash, enter flash:// then the filename or directory name ([flash://]filepath).
PAGE 62
Parameters flash: For a directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// directory name. nfsmount: For a file or directory on an NFS-mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// then the mount point and file path. NOTE: While displaying a file directory on a remote NFS file system, it is mandatory to specify the mount-point that indicates the working directory on the NFS file system. You cannot display details corresponding to the root directory of the remote NFS file system.
PAGE 63
format Erase all existing files and reformat the file system. After the file system is formatted, files cannot be restored. Syntax format flash: Defaults flash memory Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 64
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on S4820T. Include the colon (:) when entering this command. This command checks the specified flash memory for errors. If errors are found, the command recommends that you format the flash.
PAGE 65
password (OPTIONAL) Enter the password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 66
ftp: file-url Enter the keyword ftp: and specify the location of the image file in the format // userid:password@host-ip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. nfsmount:// Enter the keyword nfsmount: and specify the location of the image file in the format ///filepath. / filepath scp: file-url Enter the keyword scp: and specify the location of the image file in the format userid:password@host-ip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 67
93924044 bytes successfully copied System image upgrade completed successfully. !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Image upgraded to all Dell# rename Rename a file in the local file system. Syntax Parameters rename url url url Enter the following keywords and a filename: ● For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. ● For a file on an NFS mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// followed by the mount point and file path.
PAGE 68
clear-all Enter the keywords clear-all to reset the NvRAM, boot environment variables, and the system startup configuration. nvram Enter the keyword nvram to reset the NvRAM only. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 69
Example (all stack units) Example (single stack) Example (NvRAM all stack units) Example (NvRAM, single unit) Dell# restore factory-defaults stack-unit all clear-all ************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.)* * All the units in the stack will be split into standalone units. * * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
PAGE 70
Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. Syntax show boot system stack-unit{stack-unit—id | all} Parameters Defaults all Enter the keyword all to display the boot image information for all stack units. stack-unit-id Enter the stack-unit-id to display boot image information for a stack-unit. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 71
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 72
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Dell#show file-systems Size(b) 4286574592 2032525312 Dell# Command Fields Free(b) 4170424320 590807040 - Feature Type FAT32 USERFLASH unformatted USERFLASH Unknown NFSMOUNT network network network network Flags rw rw rw rw rw rw rw Prefixes flash: fcmfs: nfsmount: ftp: tftp: scp: http: Field Description size(b) Lists the size (in bytes) of the storage location.
PAGE 73
cam-profile for the current CAM profile in the configuration class-map for the current class-map configuration communitylist for the current community-list configuration ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration eis for the current EIS configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration ftp for the current FTP configuration frrp for the current FRRP configuration fvrp for the current FVRP configuration gvrp for the current
PAGE 74
for the current input policy map configuration policy-mapoutput for the current output policy map configuration po-failovergroup for the current port-channel failover-group configuration prefix-list for the current prefix-list configuration privilege for the current privilege configuration qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect-list for the current red
PAGE 75
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 76
Usage Information The status option allows you to display the size and checksum of the running configuration and the startup configuration. show startup-config Display the startup configuration. Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series.
PAGE 77
Parameters file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: ● For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. ● For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/ filepath. ● For a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/filepath. ● For a file on the USB port, enter usbflash://filepath. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 78
Command Fields Example (SSeries) Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Lines Beginning With Description Dell Network... Name of the operating system Dell Operating... OS version number Dell Application... Software version Copyright (c)...
PAGE 79
upgrade Upgrade the bootflash image or system image of the management unit. Syntax Parameters upgrade {boot | system} {ftp: | scp: | tftp: | flash: {A: |B:} | stack-unit | usbflash | slot0:} file-url boot Enter the keyword boot to change the boot image. system Enter the keyword system to change the system image. ftp: After entering the keyword ftp:, you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form: //userid:password@hostip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 80
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. RFC 3986 specifies that IPv6 host addresses in a uniform resource identifier (URI) must be enclosed in square brackets, [X:X:X:X::X]. For maximum flexibility this command accepts IPv6 host addresses with or without the square brackets. Reload Dell Networking OS after executing this command.
PAGE 81
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. You can enter this command in the following ways: ● verify md5 flash://img-file ● verify md5 flash://img-file ● verify sha256 flash://img-file ● verify sha256 flash://img-file Example Without Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin SHA256 hash for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 82
4 Control and Monitoring This section contains command information to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP).
PAGE 83
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • show processes cpu show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show software ifm show system show tech-support ssh-peer-stack-unit telnet telnet-peer-stack-unit terminal length traceroute undebug all virtual-ip write asf-mode Enable alternate store and forward (ASF) mode and forward packets as soon as a threshold is reached. Syntax asf-mode stack-unit {unit-id | all} queue size To return to standard Store and Forward mode, use the no asf-mode command.
PAGE 84
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Pretend Pretend Pretend Pretend Pretend Pretend example example example example example example here here here here here here Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF.
PAGE 85
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original Command After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first.
PAGE 86
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the acknowledgement keyword. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the keyword keyboard-interactive. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 87
Parameters Defaults c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator. The delineator is a percent character (%). No banner is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 88
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EtsAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlbclusteracl: 0 Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal to 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 89
If you enabled BMP, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the reload conditional nvram-cfg-change command. cam-acl-vlan Specify the number of VFP blocks allocated to OpenFlow. Syntax cam-acl-vlan {default | vlanopenflow {0|1}} Defaults Disabled. Parameters default Reset VLAN CAM ACL entries to default settings vlanopenflow Enter the number 1 to allocate VFP blocks and enable OpenFlow.
PAGE 90
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode.
PAGE 91
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Example Dell# configure Dell(conf)# disable Return to EXEC mode. Syntax Parameters Defaults disable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 92
Parameters Defaults command Enter an EXEC-level command. none Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION ● INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 93
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 94
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Replacement command for the S4820T. Replaces the enable xfp-powerupdates command. 8.3.11.4 Replacement command for the Z9000. Replaces the enable xfp-powerupdates command 8.3.10.0 Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-powerupdates command. To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command.
PAGE 95
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. ● exit — returns to the lower command mode. exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command.
PAGE 96
exit Return to the lower command mode. Syntax exit Command Modes ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Command History Related Commands EXEC Privilege CONFIGURATION LINE, INTERFACE TRACE-LIST PROTOCOL GVRP SPANNING TREE MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE MAC ACCESS LIST ACCESS-LIST AS-PATH ACL COMMUNITY-LIST PREFIX-LIST ROUTER OSPF ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 97
NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the FTP server to accept client connections. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 98
Parameters Defaults directory Enter the directory path. The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 99
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 100
Usage Information The hostname is used in the prompt. ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command.
PAGE 101
To undo the FTP client configuration, use the ip ftp [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters Defaults vrf-name Enter the vrf-name to specify the VRF that is used by the FTP client. management Enter the keyword management to specify that the VRF used by the FTP client is a management VRF. Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 102
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 103
Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ● ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections. ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 104
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 105
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 106
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command ip tftp vrf Configures an TFTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the TFTP server.
PAGE 107
Defaults console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option is <0-0>. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number from 0 to 9 to configure a virtual terminal line for remote sessions. The system supports 10 remote sessions. end-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure. You can configure multiple lines at one time. Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 108
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 109
5 vty 3 10.14.1.97 Clear existing session? [line number/Enter to cancel]: Related Commands ● login statistics — enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines. ● show login statistics — displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. login statistics Enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines.
PAGE 110
There were 1 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in the last 30 day(s). The preceding message shows that the user had previously logged in to the system using the VTY line from 10.11.178.14. It also displays the number of unsuccessful login attempts since the last login and the number of unsuccessful login attempts in the last 30 days. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'.
PAGE 111
Version Description E-Series Original command ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
PAGE 112
outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-min-size Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 52 to 15359 bytes. sweep-max-size Enter the maximum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 53 to 15359 bytes. sweep-interval Enter the incremental value for sweep size.
PAGE 113
Usage Information Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. When you enter the ping command without specifying an IP/IPv6 address (Extended Ping), you are prompted for a target IP/IPv6 address, a repeat count, a datagram size (up to 1500 bytes), a timeout (in seconds), and for Extended Commands.
PAGE 114
no-confirm Reload the chassis without prompting for further confirmation. [discard-running] Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the no-confirm option. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 115
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 116
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 117
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 118
Usage Information Example 118 Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file after failover. Dell Networking TAC analyzes this file to help identify the root cause of it.
PAGE 119
show cpu-traffic-stats View the CPU traffic statistics. Syntax Parameters Defaults show cpu-traffic-stats [port number | all | cp ] port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only. The range is from 1 to 1568. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to display traffic statistics on all the interfaces receiving traffic, sorted based on the traffic. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the specified CPU.
PAGE 120
LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:300, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:300, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Processor : RP2 --------------No CPU traffic statistics. Dell# show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 121
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis-dependent. pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules. stack-unit unit-id Enter the keywords stack-unit then the unit-id to display information on a specific stack member. The range is from 0 to 1.
PAGE 122
-- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed ---------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 7021 up 7021 0 1 up up 6971 up 7072 0 2 up up 7021 up 6971 Speed in RPM Dell#show environment pem -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) -----------------------------------------------------------0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6504 Dell#show environment thermal-sensor -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -- Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 Sensor5
PAGE 123
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for S-Series. S-Series output differs from E-Series. Usage Information If there are no fiber ports in the unit, just the header under show inventory media displays. If there are fiber ports but no optics inserted, the output displays Media not present or accessible. Related Commands ● show interfaces — displays the interface configuration.
PAGE 124
security administrator rights, you can view the login statistics of other users. If you do not have system or security administrator rights, you can view your login statistics but not the login statistics of others. NOTE: By default, these commands display the details for the last 30 days. If you set a customdefined time period for login statistics using the login statistics time-period days command, these commands display details only for that period.
PAGE 125
Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts command. Dell#show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 30 day(s). The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts time-period days command.
PAGE 126
Usage Information Example Example (S4820T) Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for the S-Series. The output for show memory displays the memory usage of LP part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the S-Series’ CPU.
PAGE 127
Example Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keywords management-unit [details]. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 128
CoreID: 3 Process: sysdlp PID: 428 CoreID: 0 Process: sysd PID: 410 CoreID: 2 TID Runtime(ms) Thread 56 20 0 usm 55 10 DHCLIENT 54 0 0 cms 53 60 portmirr 52 0 cfgDataSync 51 0 sysCompMgr 50 50 0 statMgr 49 1010 0 sflCp 48 30 0 snmp 47 0 dpi_cmow 46 0 dpi_taskcmo CPU usage: 5sec - 3.78% 1min - 2.56% 5min - 3.40% CPU usage: 5sec - 1.59% 1min - 0.96% 5min - 2.50% Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min 2 10000 1 10000 0 TTY 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 6 10000 0.
PAGE 129
● show hardware layer3 — displays Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. ● show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. ● show hardware system-flow — displays Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. ● show interfaces stack-unit — displays information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series stack member.
PAGE 130
Field Description #of to / Timeout Timeout count #of Retr /Retries Number of retransmissions #msg Sent/Msg Sent/ Number of messages sent #msg Ackd/Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Retr /Available Retra Number of retries left Total/ Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: ● The SWP provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks.
PAGE 131
Parameters management-unit Enter the keyword management-unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit. stack unit unit id Enter the keyword stack unit then a stack unit ID of the member unit for which to display memory usage on the forwarding processor. all Enter the keyword all for detailed memory usage on all stack members. summary Enter the keyword summary for a brief summary of memory availability and usage on all stack members.
PAGE 132
For the S-Series, the output of the show memory command and this command differ based on which Dell OS processes are counted. ● In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes. ● In the output of this command, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes plus the size of the system processes.
PAGE 133
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics. ifcb interface Enter the keyword ifcb then one of the following interface IDs then the interface information to display interface control block information for that interface: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 134
show system Display the status of all stack members or a specific member. Syntax show system [brief | stack-unit unit-id | stack-ports {status | topology}] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of system information. stack-unit unit-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack member ID for information on that stack member.
PAGE 135
show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting. Syntax Parameters show tech-support [stack-unit unit-id | page] stack-unit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit to view CPU memory usage for the stack member designated by unit-id. page (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword page to view 24 lines of text at a time. Press the SPACE BAR to view the next 24 lines. Press the ENTER key to view the next line of text.
PAGE 136
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Example (SSeries) show show show show show show show show show system environment ip traffic ip management route ip route summary Inventory log summary command-history (last 20 commands) log Dell# show tech-support ? page Page through output stack-unit Unit Number | Pipe through a command Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ? | Pipe through a command Dell# show tech-support stack-unit 1 | ? except Show only text that does not match a pattern find Search for the first occurrenc
PAGE 137
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series. telnet Connect through Telnet to a server.
PAGE 138
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Added support for source-interface for link-local IPv6 addressing. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.
PAGE 139
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. Syntax Parameters Defaults terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines.
PAGE 140
traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Syntax traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} Parameters host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 141
For IPv6, you are prompted for a minimum hop count (default is 1) and a maximum hop count (default is 64). Example (IPv4) Dell# traceroute www.Dell Networking.com Translating "www.Dell Networking.com"...domain server (10.11.0.1) [OK] Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to www.Dell Networking.com (10.11.84.18), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets ----------------------------------------------TTL Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 10.11.199.190 001.000 ms 001.
PAGE 142
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 143
Version Description E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously, but only one of each. Each time this command is issued, it replaces the previously configured address of the same family, IPv4 or IPv6. The no virtual-ip command takes an address/prefix-length argument, so that the desired address only is removed.
PAGE 144
Related Commands 144 ● save — saves configurations created in BOOT_USER mode (BCLI).
PAGE 145
5 802.1X 802.1X is a port-based Network Access Control (PNAC) that provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.
PAGE 146
• • • • • dot1x mac show show show tx-period dot1x cos-mapping interface dot1x interface dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] Parameters all Enable all debugs in dot1x. auth-pae-fsm Enable Authentication PAE FSM debugs in dot1x. backend-fsm Enable Backend Auth FSM debugs in dot1x. eapol-pdu Enable EAPOL frame trace in dot1x.
PAGE 147
max-attempts number Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 148
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address.
PAGE 149
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on a globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 150
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enable dot1x globally. dot1x critical-vlan Configure critical-VLAN for users or devices when authentication server is not reachable.
PAGE 151
Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x profile Configure a dot1x profile to define a list of trusted supplicant MAC addresses. Syntax Parameters Defaults [no] dot1x profile profile-name profile-name Enter a dot1x profile-name.
PAGE 152
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 153
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 154
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 155
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out.
PAGE 156
Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 157
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The authenticator completes authentication only when you set port-control to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
PAGE 158
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 159
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 160
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 161
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac Configure a list of supplicant MAC addresses for dot1x profile represented with a profile-name. Syntax Parameters Defaults [no] mac {mac-address1 mac-address2… mac-address6} mac-address1 mac-address2 … mac-address6 Enter the keyword mac and type the 48– bit MAC addresses using the H.H.H format.
PAGE 162
Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. mac-address Defaults (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 163
Dot1p 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dell# Remapped Dot1p 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 164
----------------------------Dot1x Status: Enable Port Control: AUTO Port Auth Status: AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) Re-Authentication: Disable Untagged VLAN id: 400 Guest VLAN: Enable Guest VLAN id: 100 Auth-Fail VLAN: Disable Auth-Fail VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: NONE Mac-Auth-Bypass: Enable Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Enable Tx Period: 3 seconds Quiet Period: 60 seconds ReAuth Max: 2 Supplicant Timeout: 30 seconds Server Timeout: 30 seconds Re-Auth Interval: 3600 seconds Max-EAP-Req: 2 Host Mode: SINGLE
PAGE 165
Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# AUTHORIZED(GUEST-VLAN) 100 Authenticat
PAGE 166
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 167
• • • • • • • • • • • • seq arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) seq ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) seq (for IP ACLs) seq (for IPv6 ACLs) permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) permit (for IPv6 ACLs) deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs) deny tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) deny icmp (for Extended IPv6 ACLs) deny (for IPv6 ACLs) Commands Common to all ACL Types The following commands are available within each ACL mode and do not have mode-specific options.
PAGE 168
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The remark command is available in each ACL mode. You can configure up to 4294967291 remarks for a given IP ACL and 65536 remarks for a given MAC ACL. The following example shows the use of the remark command twice within CONFIGURATIONSTANDARD-ACCESS-LIST mode. The same sequence number was used for the remark and for an associated ACL rule.
PAGE 169
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-std-nacl)# show conf ! ip access-list standard test remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 count remark 10 Deny traffic from ABC seq 10 deny 2.1.1.0/24 count Dell(config-std-nacl)# Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both Ingress and Egress IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options.
PAGE 170
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 171
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface.
PAGE 172
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs).
PAGE 173
Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL. interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and the interface information: interface ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 174
Example Dell# show ip accounting access-list ! Standard Ingress IP access list test on TenGigabitEthernet 0/88 Total cam count 2 seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 count (0 packets) seq 10 deny 2.1.1.0/24 count (0 packets Dell# Dell# show ip accounting access-list L3-ACL vrf vrf3 ! Standard Ingress IP access list L3-ACL on vrf3 Total cam count 3 seq 5 permit 10.1.2.0/24 seq 10 permit 20.1.2.0/24 seq 15 permit 30.1.2.
PAGE 175
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 176
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 177
● order — Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). Defaults host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Not configured.
PAGE 178
Defaults StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 179
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 180
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 181
deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria. Syntax deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 182
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 183
Defaults dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 184
● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 185
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.
PAGE 186
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ● deny — assign a filter to deny IP traffic. ● deny udp — assign a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 187
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 188
Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ● deny — assign a filter to deny IP traffic. ● deny tcp — assign a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
PAGE 189
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND Dell(config-ext-nacl)# ● ip access-list standard — configure a standard IP access list. ● show config — display the current configuration. permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 190
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.
PAGE 191
operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: ● ● ● ● ● port port eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 192
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the “Quality of Service” section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 193
● Use the no permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address command. Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 194
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. . 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, see the “Quality of Service” section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 195
access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. Defaults StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 196
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 197
● lt = less than ● range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: ● ● ● ● Defaults 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 198
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring.
PAGE 199
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 200
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 201
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. show mac accounting access-list Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured).
PAGE 202
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The ACL hit counters increment the counters for each matching rule, not just the first matching rule.
PAGE 203
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 204
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 205
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 206
Defaults count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 207
Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 208
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, see “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring section of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 209
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 210
permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter. Syntax permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destinationaddress-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 211
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 212
mac-destination- Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. address-mask The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: ● ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format. ● llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format. ● snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format.
PAGE 213
IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure or enable IP prefix lists, use these commands. clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic mets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 214
ge min-prefix- length le max-prefix- length Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 215
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 216
Usage Information Related Commands Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. deny — configures a filter to drop packets. seq — configures a drop or permit filter with a specified sequence number. seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number.
PAGE 217
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 218
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 219
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 220
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number). If you do not specify the sequence number, the continue feature simply moves to the next sequence number (also known as an implied continue). If a match clause exists, the continue feature executes only after a successful match occurs.
PAGE 221
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. ● route-map — enable a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter.
PAGE 222
match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters Defaults community-listname Enter the name of a configured community list. exact (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact to process only those routes with this community list name. Not configured.
PAGE 223
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 224
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.
PAGE 225
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ● ● ● ● ● match match match match match match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 226
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ● ● ● ● ● match match match match match match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address. ip next-hop — redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address. metric — redistribute routes that match a specific metric. route-type — redistribute routes that match a route type.
PAGE 227
match origin To match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. Syntax match origin {egp | igp | incomplete} To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command. Parameters Defaults egp Enter the keyword egp to match routes originating outside the AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information.
PAGE 228
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 229
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ● ● ● ● ● match match match match match match interface — redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. ip address — redistribute routes that match an IP address.
PAGE 230
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 231
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can prepend up to eight AS numbers to a BGP route. This command influences best path selection in BGP by inserting a tag or AS number into the AS_PATH attribute. ● match as-path — redistribute routes that match an AS-PATH attribute. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag.
PAGE 232
Parameters Defaults community-listname Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 233
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT.
PAGE 234
Parameters Defaults backbone Enter the keyword backbone to redistribute matched routes to the OSPF backbone area (area 0.0.0.0). level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1. level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Not configured.
PAGE 235
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
PAGE 236
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ● ● ● set set set set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. metric-type — specify the route type assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 237
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ● ● ● set set set set automatic-tag — compute the tag value of the route. level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set next-hop To specify an IP address as the next hop, configure a filter.
PAGE 238
set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command. Parameters Defaults egp Enter the keyword egp to set routes originating from outside the local AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to set routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to set routes with incomplete routing information. Not configured.
PAGE 239
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 240
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not use the set weight command, router-originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero. show config Display the current route map configuration.
PAGE 241
Parameters map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.
PAGE 242
Command History Usage Information Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 243
deny 10 Dell# IP Community List Commands IP community list commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 244
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 245
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 246
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 247
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 248
● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 249
deny udp (for Extended IP ACLs) To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-inmsgs [count]] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 250
To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no deny arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 251
deny icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced in Release 9.3(0.0) and Release 9.4(0.0) are described here. For a complete description on all of the keywords and variables that are available with this command, refer the topic of this command discussed earlier in this guide.
PAGE 252
monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 253
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 254
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 255
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 256
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 257
the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 258
● Use the no permit ether-type protocol-type-number {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {source-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated.
PAGE 259
permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [count [byte]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 260
looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). permit udp (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 261
MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode.
PAGE 262
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added the support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added the support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 263
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 264
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 265
the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 266
seq arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter with a sequence number that filters ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics. For specifications, refer to your line card documentation. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced in Release 9.3(0.0) and Release 9.4(0.0) are described here.
PAGE 267
are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists.
PAGE 268
the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, standard and extended IPv6 ACLs, and standard and extended MAC ACLs.
PAGE 269
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 270
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 271
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3.0.
PAGE 272
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 273
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 274
permit (for IPv6 ACLs) To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 275
are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists.
PAGE 276
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 277
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 278
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 279
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 280
7 Access Control List (ACL) VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory (CAM) This section describes the access control list (ACL) virtual local area network (VLAN) group, and content addressable memory (CAM) enhancements. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • member vlan ip access-group show acl-vlan-group show cam-acl-vlan cam-acl-vlan show cam-usage show running config acl-vlan-group acl-vlan-group show acl-vlan-group detail description (ACL VLAN Group) member vlan Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group.
PAGE 281
Attaching an ACL individually to VLAN interfaces is similar to the behavior of ACL-VLAN mapping storage in CAM prior to the implementation of the ACL VLAN group functionality. ip access-group Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters Default ip access-group {group name} out implicit-permit group-name Enter the name of the ACL VLAN group where you want the egress IP ACLs applied, up to 140 characters. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
PAGE 282
Version Description 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms Usage Information When an ACL-VLAN-Group name or the Access List Group Name contains more than 30 characters, the name is truncated in the show acl-vlan-group command output. Examples The following sample illustrates the output of the show acl-vlan-group command. NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated.
PAGE 283
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms After CAM configuration for ACL VLAN groups is performed, you must reboot the system to enable the settings to be stored in nonvolatile storage. During the initialization of CAM, the chassis manager reads the NVRAM and allocates the dynamic VCAP regions.
PAGE 284
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 285
Example 1: Output of the show cam-usage Command Field Description CAM Partition Type of area in the CAM block that is used for ACL VLAN groups Total CAM Total amount of space in the CAM block Used CAM Amount of CAM space that is currently in use Available CAM Amount of CAM space that is free and remaining to be allocated for ACLs Dell#show cam-usage Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM | Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============| ===========
PAGE 286
Example 2: Output of the show cam-usage acl Command Example 3: Output of the show cam-usage router Command 286 Dell#show cam-usage acl Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM | Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 1536 | | IN-L3 ACL | 1024 | 1 | 1023 | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | 0 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 206 | 9 | 197 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 178 | 9 | 169 | | OUT-V6 ACL | 178 | 4 | 174 2 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1536 | 0 | 153
PAGE 287
| | IN-L3 ACL | 1024 | 1 | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | OUT-L3 ACL | 178 | 9 | | | OUT-V6 ACL | 174 Codes: * - cam usage is above 90%.
PAGE 288
Dell#show running-config acl-vlan-group ! acl-vlan-group Test member vlan 1-100 ip access-group test in Dell# Test acl-vlan-group Create an ACL VLAN group. Syntax acl-vlan-group {group name} To remove an ACL VLAN group, use the no acl-vlan-group {group name} command. Parameters Default group-name Specify the name of the ACL VLAN group. The name can contain a maximum 140 characters.
PAGE 289
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms Usage Information The output for this command displays in a line-by-line format.
PAGE 290
8 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
PAGE 291
ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 292
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on S4810. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 293
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 294
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-te-1/3)# bfd interval 250 min_rx 300 multiplier 4 role passive Dell(conf-if-te-1/3)# bfd neighbor Establish a BFD session with a neighbor. Syntax bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no bfd neighbor ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 295
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down.
PAGE 296
Version Description 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 297
To disable BFD on a specific interface while you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode, use the keyword disable. isis bfd all-neighbors Enable BFD on all IS-IS neighbors discovered on an interface.
PAGE 298
neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults None Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 299
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 300
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Added support for BFD for BGP on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series. 8.2.1.
PAGE 301
Number Number Number Number Number Dell# Related Commands of of of of of packets received from neighbor: 376 packets sent to neighbor: 314 state changes: 2 messages from IFA about port state change: 0 messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 ● bfd all-neighbors — establish BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd neighbor Establish a BFD for VRRP session with a neighbor.
PAGE 302
9 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 303
vrf vrf-name Defaults (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install the IPv6 route in that VRF. NOTE: It will not be possible to enable VRF mode for IPv6 unicast without configuring the corresponding IPv4 unicast mode for the same VRF. While deletion, whenever the IPv4 VRF mode is deleted for the VRF, it will automatically delete the IPv6 VRF configurations as well. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 304
suppress-map map-name Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map then the name of a configured route map to identify which more-specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Not configured. Command Modes ● ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY ● ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.
PAGE 305
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 306
Related Commands ● neighbor add-path — specify that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements. bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 307
Dell(conf)#do show run |grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support Dell(conf)# Related Commands ● bgp four-octet-as-support — enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best).
PAGE 308
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm.
PAGE 309
To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 310
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are then reset, the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path. bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured.
PAGE 311
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 312
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format To accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4-byte AS number, configure your system. All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them.
PAGE 313
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format. All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors.
PAGE 314
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 315
Usage Information All routers apply the bgp default local-preference command setting within the AS. To set the local preference for a specific route, use the set local-preference command in ROUTE-MAP mode. Related Commands ● set local-preference — assign a local preference value for a specific route. bgp dmzlink-bw Enables BGP Link Bandwidth. S4820T Syntax bgp dmzlink-bw To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no bgp dmzlink-bw command.
PAGE 316
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 317
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. The fast external fallover configuration is applied only after you manually reset all the existing BGP sessions. As a result, after you execute this command, you must also manually execute the clear ip bgp command in order for the configuration to take effect.
PAGE 318
bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router. Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, use the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters restart-time seconds stale-path-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers.
PAGE 319
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 320
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution using BGP learned routes. During the nexthop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not.
PAGE 321
Examples Dell(conf-router_bgp)# no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Dell(conf-router_bgp)# do show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "ospf 22222" Router ID is 2.2.2.2 Area Routing for Networks 51 10.10.10.0/00 Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.
PAGE 322
clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. S4820T Syntax clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [* | <1–4294967295> | <0.1–65535.65535> | A.B.C.D {soft {in | out}} | X:X:X:X::X {soft {in | out}} | dampening | flap-statistics | ipv4 | ipv6 | peer-group] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear all BGP sessions corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 323
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the as-number option. ● bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP.
PAGE 324
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. The clear ip bgp dampening command does not clear the history paths.
PAGE 325
● ● ● ● [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. ● $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 326
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to reset ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to reset ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to reset ipv6 unicast routes. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to reset soft configuration. in Enter the keyword in to re-configure soft inbound updates.
PAGE 327
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. A.B.C.D Enter the IP address of peer in the A.B.C.D format. X:X:X:X::X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X:X:X:X::X format. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening. events Enter the keyword events to view BGP protocol events. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 IP address to view the IPV4 route information.
PAGE 328
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. S4820T Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 329
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. group-name in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages.
PAGE 330
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound keepalive messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 331
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added ipv6 support. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug.
PAGE 332
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. S4820T Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
PAGE 333
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command.
PAGE 334
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 335
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9500. ● permit bandwidth – specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permitting incoming or outgoing traffic. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. S4820T Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command.
PAGE 336
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/ Subsequent Address Family Identifier). Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 337
Defaults both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is from 2 to 64. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 338
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting.
PAGE 339
To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Defaults Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Not configured.
PAGE 340
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 341
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 342
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list, ip as-path access-list, and neighbor route-map. Related Commands ● neighbor route-map — assign a route map to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor ebgp-multihop Attempt and accept BGP connections to external peers on networks that are not directly connected.
PAGE 343
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. S4820T Syntax neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 344
Defaults as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte) or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). no prepend Specifies that local AS values do not prepend to announcements from the neighbor. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 345
NOTE: When you set this option, the router accepts BGP prefixes only until the maximum configured value. After the maximum number is reached, the router drops any additional prefixes that it receives. Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 346
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 347
NOTE: If dmzlink-bw is configured for a peer, in order for the BGP peer to advertise the prefixes with dmzlink-bw attached to it, you must reset the the peer or peer-group using the clear ip bgp session command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.
PAGE 348
Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 349
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced the limit keyword on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. After you configure a peer group as passive, assign it a subnet using the neighbor softreconfiguration inbound command.
PAGE 350
Usage Information To accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4 byte AS Number, configure your system. If the number parameter is the same as the AS number used in the router bgp command, the remote AS entry in the neighbor is considered an internal BGP peer entry. This command creates a peer and the newly created peer is disabled (Shutdown). This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect.
PAGE 351
neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} routemap map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map.
PAGE 352
To remove one or more neighbors from a cluster, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} route-reflector-client command. If you delete all members of a cluster, you also delete the route-reflector configuration on the router. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. All routers in the peer group receive routes from a route reflector. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 353
To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} send-community command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group. Defaults extended (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword extended to send extended community attribute. standard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword standard to send standard community attribute.
PAGE 354
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 355
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group.
PAGE 356
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with any other command.
PAGE 357
Usage Information Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions. Neighbors are sorted according to the source and destination ip addresses. If an update-source ip address exists, then the source ip address determines the order in which the neighbors are displayed.
PAGE 358
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. S4820T Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 359
As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route. When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered inactive. It is possible to keep only one locally originated route in the BGP database.
PAGE 360
permit bandwidth Enables you to specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax permit bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no permit bandwidth command. Parameters Defaults bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400.
PAGE 361
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 362
Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external | 2} routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. name Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 363
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 364
During configuration, the bandwidth is specified in Mbps, not in bytes/second. While creating the actual LB extended community, the system will attach the AS number and encode the bandwidth in floating point format. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system.
PAGE 365
ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Dell# show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.
PAGE 366
network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address. longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 367
best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *> *> Network 55.0.0.0/24 66.0.0.0/24 Next Hop 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 i 0 200 i All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extended-community prefixed with DMZLink-bw along with other extended communities. Dell# show ip bgp 3.3.3.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 3.3.3.
PAGE 368
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 369
show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [no-advertise] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information either on all routes with community attributes or specific BGP community routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 370
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
PAGE 371
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 372
Example Field Description Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 373
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 374
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). S4820T Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 375
Example Field Description From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell# show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 376
NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 : NdIgnrIllId 0 : NdRRC2C 1 : NdClstId 33686273 : NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x41a4c000 : NdModCommP 0x41a4c800 NdModOptP 0x41
PAGE 377
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 378
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. S4820T Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] filter-list as-path-name Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 379
Field Description ● n = network route entry ● r = redistributed route entry Example Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 380
● ● ● ● . * + ? = = = = (period) any single character (including a white space). (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element.
PAGE 381
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network h 77.0.0.0/24 d 55.0.0.0/24 *> 66.0.0.0/24 *>n 66.66.77.77/32 Dell# From 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 0.0.0.0 0 Flaps Duration 1 00:00:03 3 00:00:25 1 00:00:23 32768 i Reuse Path 00:00:00 00:30:44 200 i 00:00:00 200 i show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path.
PAGE 382
Example Dell# show ip bgp inconsistent-as BGP table version is 280852, local router ID is 10.1.2.100 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next * 3.0.0.0/8 * * *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 63.114.8.
PAGE 383
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor. advertisedroutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent.
PAGE 384
Usage Information After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging. The neighbor information that this command displays does not include counts corresponding to ignored prefixes and updates. However, the martian case is an exception where neighbor information corresponding to ignored updates is displayed. BGP shows the exact information that is exchanged between the BGP peers.
PAGE 385
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description Foreign host: Displays the peering address of the neighbor and the TCP port number. Dell# show ip bgp neighbors 172.16.0.2 BGP neighbor is 172.16.0.2, remote AS 200, external link Member of peer-group port0 for session parameters BGP remote router ID 172.16.0.
PAGE 386
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view all next hops corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 387
regexp regular- expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: ● ● ● ● . * + ? = = = = (period) any single character (including a white space). (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression.
PAGE 388
Example Dell# show ip bgp paths ? community Display community information extcommunity Display extended community information regexp Display path information based on a regular expression | Pipe through a command Dell#show ip bgp paths Total 2 Paths Refcount Metric Path 1 0 200 i 1 0 200 i Dell# show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database.
PAGE 389
Example Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these communities. Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path. Dell# show ip bgp paths community Total 2 communities Refcount Community 1 NO-ADVERTISE 1 200:1 1000:1 Dell# 3000:1 show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
PAGE 390
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. Introduced on S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 391
show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] regexp regular-expression [character] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression specified on that VRF.
PAGE 392
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then non-BGP routes exist in the router’s routing table. Metric Displays the BGP router’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight Path Lists all the AS paths the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 393
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In BGP, route attributes are maintained at different locations.
PAGE 394
Field Description Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed. The output format is: State/Pfxrcd Time Established Display Example < 1 day 00:12:23 (hours:minutes:seconds) < 1 week 1d21h (DaysHours) > 1 week 11w2d (WeeksDays) If the neighbor is in Established stage, the number of network prefixes received.
PAGE 395
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config bgp ! router bgp 100 network 1.1.11.1/32 network 1.1.12.1/32 network 1.1.13.1/32 neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 200 neighbor 10.1.1.2 no shutdown Dell# timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers.
PAGE 396
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (ASs). Dell Networking OS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. BGPv4 is supported in the following: Dell Networking OS Version Platform Support 7.8.1.
PAGE 397
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. S4820T Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
PAGE 398
Related Commands ● router bgp — enter ROUTER mode on the switch. show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). S4820T Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 399
Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell# show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 400
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z-9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.
PAGE 401
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 402
Usage Information If there is a type or sub-type that is not well-known, it is displayed as:TTSS:XX:YYYY. Where TT is type, SS is sub-type displayed in hexadecimal format, XX:YYYY is the value divided into 2– byte and 4-byte values in decimal format. This format is consistent with other vendors. For example, if the extended community has type 0x04, sub-type 0x05, value 0x20 00 00 00 10 00, it displays as:0x0405:8192:4096. Non-transitive extended communities are marked with an asterisk.
PAGE 403
Example Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these extended communities. Community Displays the extended community attributes in this BGP path. Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity Total 1 Extended Communities Address 0x41d57024 Hash Refcount Extended Community 12272 1 RT:7:200 SoO:5:300 SoO:0.0.0.
PAGE 404
IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 border gateway protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on the S4820T platform. BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between Autonomous Systems (AS). Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 405
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes. S4820T Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peergroup-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor on which you want to enable softreconfiguration debugging.
PAGE 406
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound Enable a BGP soft-reconfiguration and start storing updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 407
IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). FTOS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table.
PAGE 408
10 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use content addressable memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 409
● Hash based on bidirectional flow for LAGs. ● Optimize the virtual local area network (VLAN) ACL Group feature, which permits group VLANs for IP egress ACLs. Important Points to Remember ● Dell Networking OS supports CAM allocations on the C-Series and S-Series. ● All line cards within a single system must have the same CAM profile (including CAM sub-region configurations); this profile must match the system CAM profile (the profile on the primary route processor module [RPM]).
PAGE 410
ipv6acl number Enter the keyword ipv6acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv6. The range is from 0 to 4. ipv4qos number Enter the keyword ipv4qos and then the number of FP blocks for IPv4. The range is from 0 to 8. l2qos number Enter the keyword l2qos and then the number of FP blocks for l2 qos. The range is from 1 to 8. l2pt number Enter the keyword l2pt and then the number of FP blocks for l2 protocol tunnelling. The range is from 0 to 1.
PAGE 411
number ] [vrfv4acl number ] Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the nlbcluster ACL keyword. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for PBR and VRF. 9.2(1.
PAGE 412
l2acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 413
Usage Information When you enable this command, if a Policy Map containing classification rules (ACL and/or dscp/ ipprecedence rules) is applied to more than one physical interface on the same port pipe, only a single copy of the policy is written (only one FP entry is used). NOTE: An ACL itself may still require more that a single FP entry, regardless of the number of interfaces.
PAGE 414
fedgovacl : nlbclusteracl: 0 0 -- stack-unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlbclusteracl: 0 -- stack-unit 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 Fc
PAGE 415
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 416
11 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 417
ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route. S4820T Syntax ip unknown-unicast [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) from the LPM route forwarding table in hardware which gets added as a default configuration after the initialization of FIB Agent module, use the no ip unknown-unicast command. Defaults Parameters None vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable catch-all routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 418
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. All the default catch-all entries in the longest prefix match (LPM) table collect and transmit all unresolved IPv6 packets to the CPU, even if they are destined for unknown destinations. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues Apply a policy map for the system to rate limit control traffic on a per-queue basis.
PAGE 419
Parameters Defaults policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 420
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command.
PAGE 421
--------------- -------- ------- ----- ------ ----------TCP (BGP) any/179 179/any _ Q9 _ _ UDP (DHCP) 67/68 68/67 _ Q10 _ _ UDP (DHCP-R) 67 67 _ Q10 _ _ TCP (FTP) any 21 _ Q6 _ _ ICMP any any _ Q6 _ _ IGMP any any _ Q11 _ _ TCP (MSDP) any/639 639/any _ Q11 _ _ UDP (NTP) any 123 _ Q6 _ _ OSPF any any _ Q9 _ _ PIM any any _ Q11 _ _ UDP (RIP) any 520 _ Q9 _ _ TCP (SSH) any 22 _ Q6 _ _ TCP (TELNET) any 23 _ Q6 _ _ VRRP any any _ Q10 _ _ Dell# show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each
PAGE 422
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. S4820T Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 423
12 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking OS commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 424
Parameters Defaults pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 to 4. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 425
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. If you do not use the statistics parameter, both hardware and DCBx counters clear. description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults text Enter the description of the output policy.
PAGE 426
Usage Information NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future. By applying a DCB input policy with PFC enabled, you enable PFC operation on ingress port traffic.
PAGE 427
dot1p Value in Description heading the Incoming Frame 6 6 7 7 ● Before configuring the port queues to function as no-drop queues, you must first apply the dcb-map map with pfc mode off. To apply the dcb-map with pfc mode off, use the following commands: dcbmap pfcoff and no pfc mode on. show dcb Displays the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues.
PAGE 428
NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. ● For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1 - 4.
PAGE 429
Example (Summary) Field Description PFC DCBX Oper status Operational status for the exchange of the PFC configuration on the local port: match (up) or mismatch (down). State Machine Type Type of state machine used for DCBX exchanges of the PFC parameters: Feature — for legacy DCBX versions; Symmetric — for an IEEE version. TLV Tx Status Status of the PFC TLV advertisements: enabled or disabled. PFC Link Delay Link delay (in quanta) used to pause specified priority traffic.
PAGE 430
PFC DCBX Oper status is Up State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 pause quantams Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/4 pfc detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote i
PAGE 431
Usage Information Example (Summary) Version Description 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 432
stack unit 1 stack-port all Admin mode is On Admin is enabled, Priority list is 4-5 Local is enabled, Priority list is 4-5 Link Delay 45556 pause quantum 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: Before configuring ETS, assign the etsacl space. using the cam-acl l2acl 2 ipv4acl 0 ipv6acl 0 ipv4qos 2 l2qos 0 l2pt 0 ipmacacl 0 vman-qos 0 fcoeacl 2 etsacl 1 iscsi 2 command.
PAGE 433
Related Commands ● qos-policy-output ets — create a QoS output policy. ● scheduler — schedule priority traffic in port queues. clear ets counters Clear all ETS TLV counters on an interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults clear ets counters port-type slot/port[] port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the slot/port information. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 434
Enables priority flow control or enhance transmission selection on interface. Related Commands ● dcb enable — enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults text Enter the description of the output policy. The maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 435
priority-group To use with an ETS output policy, create an ETS priority group. Syntax priority-group group-name To remove the priority group, use the no priority-group command. Parameters Defaults group-name Enter the name of the ETS priority group. The maximum is 32 characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 436
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 437
Related Commands ● priority-list — configures the 802.1p priorities. scheduler Configure the method used to schedule priority traffic in port queues. Syntax scheduler value To remove the configured priority schedule, use the no scheduler command. Parameters Defaults value Enter schedule priority value. The range: strict: strict-priority traffic is serviced before any other queued traffic. Weighted Elastic Round Robin (WERR) scheduling is used to queue priority traffic.
PAGE 438
● For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] - slot/port/ [subport]. For example, if you want to display information corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example (Summary) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 439
Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell# show int te 1/3 ets de Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA ---
PAGE 440
3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV
PAGE 441
4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 12% 12% 12% 12% ETS ETS ETS ETS Bandwidth 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% TSA ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV P
PAGE 442
show stack-unit stack-ports ets details Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on stacked ports, including ETS Operational mode on each unit and the configurated priority groups with dot1p priorities, bandwidth allocation, and scheduler type. Syntax show stack-unit {all | stack-unit} stack-ports {all | port-number} ets details Parameters stack-unit Enter the stack unit identification. port-number Enter the port number.
PAGE 443
DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. S4820T Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 444
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbxappln-tlv iscsi. advertise dcbx-tlv On a DCBX port with a manual role, configure the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised to DCBX peers. Syntax advertise dcbx-tlv {ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc} [ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc] [ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc] To remove the advertised ETS TLVs, use the no advertise dcbx-tlv command.
PAGE 445
Parameters Defaults config-source | Enter the DCBX port role, where: auto-downstream ● config-source: configures the port to serve as the configuration source on | auto-upstream | the switch. manual ● auto-upstream: configures the port to receive a peer configuration. The configuration source is elected from auto-upstream ports. ● auto-downstream: configures the port to accept the internally propagated DCB configuration from a configuration source.
PAGE 446
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch.
PAGE 447
To remove the configured FCoE priority, use the no fcoe priority-bits command. Parameters Defaults priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF. 0x8 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 448
Parameters port-type Enter the port type along with the port number. NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in non-ON platforms. ● For non-ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port-range.
PAGE 449
Field Description Local DCBX TLVs Transmission status (enabled or disabled) of advertised DCB TLVs (see TLV code Transmitted at the top of the show command output). Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs. Status: Sequence Number Local DCBX Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs.
PAGE 450
F-Application priority for FCOE enabled f-Application Priority for FCOE disabled I-Application priority for iSCSI enabled i-Application Priority for iSCSI disabled ----------------------------------------------------------Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/49 Remote Mac Address 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Role is Auto-Upstream DCBX Operational Status is Enabled Is Configuration Source? TRUE Local DCBX Compatibility mode is CEE Local DCBX Configured mode is CEE Peer Operating version is CEE Local DCBX TLVs Transmitte
PAGE 451
Use the dcb-map command to create a DCB map to specify PFC and ETS settings and apply it on Ethernet ports. After you apply a DCB map to an interface, the PFC and ETS settings in the map are applied when the Ethernet port is enabled. DCBx is enabled on Ethernet ports by default. The dcb-map command is supported only on physical Ethernet interfaces. To remove a DCB map from an interface, enter the no dcb-map map-name command in Interface configuration mode.
PAGE 452
To disable the PFC configuration, use the no pfc mode on command. Defaults PFC mode is on. Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch with the FC Flex IO module.
PAGE 453
Usage Information Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.1p priority values that are grouped together for similar bandwidth allocation and scheduling, and that share latency and loss requirements. All 802.
PAGE 454
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the FC Flex IO module installed in the MXL 10/40GbE Switch.
PAGE 455
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S5000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Configure the maximum shared buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the shared buffer that is allocated in the system by default. Configure the shared buffer size less than the total PFC buffer size.
PAGE 456
Example of qos-policy-buffer queue queue-num pause no-drop queue buffer-size size commands in dcb pause-threshold threshold-value resume-offset threshold-value sharedbuffer— threshold-weight size threshold mode Dell(conf)# qos-policy-buffer test Dell(conf-qos-policy-buffer)#queue 0 pause no-drop buffer-size 128000 pause-threshold 103360 resume-threshold 83520 Dell(conf-qos-policy-buffer)# queue 4 pause no-drop buffer-size 128000 pause-threshold 103360 resume-threshold 83520 priority value buffer-size size p
PAGE 457
You can use the priority command to set up both the administrative and peer-related PFC priorities. For example, you can configure the intended buffer configuration for all eight priorities. If you configure the number of lossless queues as 4 and if the administrator-configured priorities configured within the DCB input policy is applied, then the configuration for those priorities are pre-designed.
PAGE 458
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and MXL platforms. You must apply this buffer policy at the interface level for the attributes to be applicable in conjunction with the DCB input policy.
PAGE 459
Example Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)# dcb-policy buffer-threshold test dcb-policy dcb-buffer-threshold (Global Configuration) Assign the dcb buffer threshold policy on the stack ports. To apply the dcb buffer threshold policy on the stack-units, use the configuration mode. To apply on front-end ports, use the interface mode.
PAGE 460
EXEC Privilege Usage Information Example The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show command: Field Description Name Name of the DCB buffer threshold profile Buffer threshold parameters Buffer size allocated for the PFC priority queue and the priority of the queue Dell# show qos dcb buffer-threshold Name : test1 Buffer threshold parameters: pfc priority 0 buffer-size 40 pfc priority 3 buffer-size 50 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 461
port is a baseline when dynamic buffering is enabled, the limit per port for queues depends on the availability of the buffer. Example Dell(conf)# dcb pfc-total-buffer-size 5000 Dell(conf)# dcb pfc-total-buffer-size 4000 %ERROR: Total pfc buffer size configured cannot accommodate existing buffer requirement in the system. show running-config dcb-buffer-threshold Displays the DCB buffer threshold details in the running configuration.
PAGE 462
Queue# Lossless Buffer-size Pause-threshold Resume-offset Shared threshold (KB) (KB) (KB) weight --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 No 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45 25 5 5 No 6 No 7 No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show interface pfc buffe
PAGE 463
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. You can configure all the data queues. You can configure queues 0-7. The following table describes the mapping between the threshold weight of the shared buffer on the queue.
PAGE 464
Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process. For example, you can assign a higher priority for time-sensitive applications and a lower priority for other services, such as file transfers.
PAGE 465
13 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 466
Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, Dell Networking OS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.txt) in the flash directory. This show file command is available only on master and standby. Important Points to Remember ● Offline diagnostics can only be run when the unit is offline. ● You can only run offline diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected via the console.
PAGE 467
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. offline stack-unit Place a stack unit in the offline state. Syntax Parameters Defaults offline stack-unit number number Enter the stack-unit id.
PAGE 468
online stack-unit Place a stack unit in the online state. Syntax online stack-unit number Parameters Defaults number Enter the stack-unit number. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON.
PAGE 469
unit number counters Enter the keyword unit along with a port-pipe number, then the keyword counters to clear the counters on the selected port-pipe. The range is from 0 to 0. cpu data-plane statistics Enter the keywords cpu data-plane statistics to clear the data plane statistics. cpu i2c statistics Enter the keywords cpu i2c statistics to clear the i2c devices statistics. Defaults cpu party-bus statistics Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics to clear the management statistics.
PAGE 470
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 471
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command enables a hardware watchdog mechanism that automatically reboots an Dell Networking OS switch/ router with a single unresponsive unit.
PAGE 472
Parameters acl | qos Enter either the keyword acl or the keyword qos to select between ACL or QoS data. stack-unit Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a stack ID. number port-set 0–0 Defaults Enter the keyword port-set with a port-pipe number. The range is from 0 to 0. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 473
Defaults cpu satainterface statistics Enter the keywords cpu sata-interface statistics to display the sata interface error counter statistics. drops [unit unitnumber ] Enter the keyword drops to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Enter the optional keyword unit unit-number to display the internal drop counters of the specified port pipe. fpga register Enter the keyword to display the register value of the fpga register.
PAGE 474
Input 00.00 Mbits/sec Output 00.
PAGE 475
0x0060d04c ASFPORTSPEED.ge13 = 0x00000000 0x0060e04c ASFPORTSPEED.ge14 = 0x00000000 0x0060f04c ASFPORTSPEED.ge15 = 0x00000000 0x0061004c ASFPORTSPEED.ge16 = 0x00000000 0x0061104c ASFPORTSPEED.ge17 = 0x00000000 0x0061204c ASFPORTSPEED.ge18 = 0x00000000 0x0061304c ASFPORTSPEED.ge19 = 0x00000000 0x0061404c ASFPORTSPEED.ge20 = 0x00000000 0x0061504c ASFPORTSPEED.ge21 = 0x00000000 0x0061604c ASFPORTSPEED.ge22 = 0x00000000 0x0061704c ASFPORTSPEED.ge23 = 0x00000005 0x0061804c ASFPORTSPEED.
PAGE 476
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX 476 - 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter 4096 to 9216 Byte Frame Counter Good Packet Counter Packet
PAGE 477
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - PFC Frame Priority 6 PFC Frame Priority 7 Debug Counter 0 Debug Counter 1 Debug Counter 2 Debug Counter 3 Debug Counter 4 Debug Counter 5 Debug Counter 6 Debug Counter 7 Debug Counter 8 Debug Counter 9 Debug Counter 10 Debug Counter 11 --------------------unit: 0 port: 61 (interface Fo 1/60) Description RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX - IPV4 L3 U
PAGE 478
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX Example (Details) - 64 Byte Frame Counter 65 to 127 Byte Frame Counter 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter 4096 to 9216 Byte Frame Counter Good Packet Counter Packet/Frame Counter Unica
PAGE 479
The linkStatus of Front End Port 0 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 1 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 2 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 3 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 4 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 5 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 6 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 7 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 8 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 9 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 10 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End
PAGE 480
● show interfaces stack-unit — display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series stack member. ● show processes cpu (S-Series) — display the CPU usage information based on the processes running in an S-Series. ● show system (S-Series and Z-Series) — display the current status of all the stack members or a specific member. show hardware buffer interface Display buffer statistics for a specific interface.
PAGE 481
Example displaying queue range Dell# show hardware buffer interface tengigabitethernet 1/1 queue all buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1 Queue 0 ----Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1 Queue 1 ----Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1 Queue 2 ----Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buf
PAGE 482
queue Enter the keyword queue followed by all for displaying details of all queues, ucast queue-id or all for displaying Unicast queue details, and mcast queue-id or all for displaying Multicast queue details. priority-group Enter the keyword priority-group followed by id for specific priority-group or keyword all.
PAGE 483
--------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 Example displaying egress queue-level snapshot for multicast packets for the specific interface Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue mcast 3 Unit 1 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL
PAGE 484
show hardware counters interface Display the counter information for a specific interface. Syntax show hardware counters interface interface Parameters counters Enter the keywords counters to display counter value for the specified stackmember the port-pipe. interface Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: interface Defaults ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 485
RX - Ingress Dropped Packet RX - MTU Check Error Frame Counter RX - PFC Frame Priority 0 RX - PFC Frame Priority 1 RX - PFC Frame Priority 2 RX - PFC Frame Priority 3 RX - PFC Frame Priority 4 RX - PFC Frame Priority 5 RX - PFC Frame Priority 6 RX - PFC Frame Priority 7 RX - Debug Counter 0 RX - Debug Counter 1 RX - Debug Counter 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show hardware drops Displays internal drops on the specified interface or for a range of interface.
PAGE 486
Example displaying internal drops for the specific interface Dell# show hardware drops interface tengigabitethernet 2/1 Drops in Interface Te 2/1: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops IBP CBP Full Drops PortSTPnotFwd Drops IPv4 L3 Discards Policy Discards Packets dropped by FP (L2+L3) Drops Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --Ingress MMU Drops HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3
PAGE 487
buffer-statssnapshot unit number buffer-info Display the historical snapshot of buffer statistical values unit Enter the keyword unit along with a port-pipe number. The range is from 0 to 0.
PAGE 488
MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 13 (interface Fo 1/156) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 17 (interface Fo 1/160) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 21 (interface Fo 1/164) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 uni
PAGE 489
Example Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 490
################# FP Entry for redirecting GVRP traffic to RSM ########### EID 2044: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x03, prio=0x7fc, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00210000 00000000 00000000 , FPF4=0x00 MASK=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 ffffffff ffff0000 00000000 00000000 , 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x
PAGE 491
Related Commands ● clear hardware system-flow — clear the statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 492
14 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 493
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Press Enter after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display Dell OS debugging messages for DHCP.
PAGE 494
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. S4820T Syntax default-router address [address2...
PAGE 495
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 496
domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. S4820T Syntax domain-name name Parameters Defaults name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 497
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address.
PAGE 498
Parameters Defaults address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 499
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server.
PAGE 500
● Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 501
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. None Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 502
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. S4820T Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] Parameters Defaults pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool.
PAGE 503
Lease Time DNS Servers Default Routers Network : : : : 2Days 0Hrs 0Mins 10.11.0.1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip dhcp conflict address address Display a particular conflict log entry. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
PAGE 504
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms.
PAGE 505
arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. S4820T Syntax arp inspection-trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes ● INTERFACE ● INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 506
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.
PAGE 507
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. Dell# clear ipv6 dhcp snooping? binding Clear the snooping binding database ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. Syntax Parameters Defaults ip dhcp relay information-option [remote-id | trust-downstream] remote-id Configure the system to enable the remote-id string in option-82. trustdownstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router.
PAGE 508
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 2 interfaces. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 3 interfaces.
PAGE 509
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 510
Related Commands Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ● show ip dhcp snooping — display the contents of the DHCP binding table. IPv6 DHCP Snooping Binding Create a static DHCP snooping binding entry in the snooping database.
PAGE 511
ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 512
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. S4820T Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 513
ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. S4820T Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 514
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] [vlan vlan-id] Parameters Defaults ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) SAV validates the source IP address along with the source VLAN ID against the DHCP snooping binding table. Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 515
vpn Default Enter the keyword vpn to add VPN/VRF related sub-option to relay agent information Option 82. NOTE: Adds the VPN/VRF related sub-options into the relay agent information option(82). When DHCP broadcasts are forwarded by the relay agent from clients to DHCP server. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 516
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping verify mac-address Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping verify mac-address To disable verify source mac-address against IPv6 DHCP packet MAC address, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping verify mac-address command.
PAGE 517
Version Description Version 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Example Use this command on the interfaces where the DHCP clients are connected to forward the packets from clients to DHCP server and vice-versa. Dell(conf-if-te-1/12)# ip helper-address vrf jay 10.0.0.2 ipv6 helper-address Configures the ipv6 DHCP helper addresses without VRF.
PAGE 518
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. Dell(conf)# ip dhcp relay secondary-subnet show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table or display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. Syntax show ip dhcp snooping [binding | source-address-validation [discardcounters [interface interface]]] Parameters Parameters Description binding Display the binding table.
PAGE 519
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The following example displays the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation ip sav access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Total cam count 3 permit host 0.0.0.0 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.252 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.253 count (0 packets) ipmac-vlan sav access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 Total cam count 4 permit host 0.0.0.
PAGE 520
The following example displays the SAV discard counters on a port channel interface: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard-counters interface portchannel 10 deny access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 0 Total cam count 1 deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) deny access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 1 Total cam count 1 deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) deny access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 2 Total cam count 1 deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) NOTE: The output for port-ch
PAGE 521
Commands to Configure DNS To configure the Domain Names Systems (DNS) on the system, use the following commands: ip name-server Configures one or more name server (DNS) IP addresses. You can configure up to six IP addresses. Syntax ip name-server [vrf vrf-name] ip-address [ip-address2] [ip-address3] [ipaddress4] [ip-address5] [ip-address6] To undo the name server ip address configuration for VRF, use the no ip name-server [vrf vrfname] ip-address command.
PAGE 522
ip domain-name Configures the default domain corresponding to a specific VRF. This domain is appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF. S4820T Syntax ip domain-name [vrf vrf-name] name To undo the domain name configuration corresponding to a specific VRF, use the no ip domain-name [vrf vrf-name] name command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure the domain corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 523
Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 524
Example Dell(conf)# ip host vrf jay dell 1.1.1.1 clear host Removes one or all dynamically learned host table entries for a specific VRF. S4820T Syntax clear host [vrf vrf-name] {* | host-name} Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to delete dynamically learned host table entries corresponding to that VRF. host-name Enter the name of the host corresponding to which you want to delete the dynamically learnt host table entries.
PAGE 525
15 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • ecmp-group hash-algorithm hash-algorithm ecmp hash-algorithm seed ip ecmp-group ip ecmp weighted link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold link-bundle-monitor enable show config show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
PAGE 526
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode.
PAGE 527
● xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 ● xor16: Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR hg { crc16 | crc16cc | Enter the keyword hg then one of the following options available in the stack-unit and linecard provisioned devices: crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | ● crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) xor2 | xor4 | xor8 ● crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial ● crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 |
PAGE 528
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Added the nh-ecmp option. 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option.
PAGE 529
hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. S4820T Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command. Parameters Defaults crc-upper Uses the upper 32 bits of the key for the hash computation. The default is crclower. dest-ip Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing. The default is enabled.
PAGE 530
hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm. S4820T Syntax hash-algorithm seed value [stack-unitslot/port] [port-set number] Parameters Defaults seed value Enter the keyword seed then the seed value. The range is from 0 to 2,147,483,646. stack–unit slot/ port Enter the keyword stack-unit then the slot/port number. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set then the port-pipe number. The value is 0.
PAGE 531
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. S4820T Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | {number} {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command. Parameters Defaults maximum-paths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64.
PAGE 532
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Enabling this CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with weights in the HW/CAM on the fly. If disabled, the CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with no weights or regular ECMP.
PAGE 533
link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. S4820T Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command. Command Modes ● ECMP-GROUP ● PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 534
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. S4820T Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 535
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands: Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 536
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 537
With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.48 1 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.
PAGE 538
-l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal. -m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.): Without the FIPS mode enabled: ● ● ● ● hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 539
-l User name option -m HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) -p SSH server port option (default 22) -v SSH protocol version Dell# ssh 10.10.10.
PAGE 540
17 FIP Snooping In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs). Acting as a transit FIP snooping bridge, the switch uses dynamically created access control lists (ACLs) to permit only authorized FCoE traffic to transmit between an FCoE enddevice and an FCF.
PAGE 541
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface.
PAGE 542
info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging. ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. ns Enter the keyword ns for name-server-specific debugging. rscn Enter the keyword rscn for RSCN-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 543
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packettype and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch.
PAGE 544
To disable the FIP snooping feature on all or a specified VLAN, use the no fip-snooping enable command. Defaults FIP snooping is disabled on all VLANs. Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION ● VLAN INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 545
fip-snooping max-sessions-per-enodemac Configure the maximum session limit per ENode MAC address. S4820T Syntax fip-snooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac max-sessions-value To return the configured maximum sessions to the default value, use the no fip-snooping max— sessions—per—enode—mac command. Parameters Defaults max-sessionsvalue Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address. The range is from 1 to 64.
PAGE 546
fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted Configure the port for bridge-to-bridge links. It is not recommended to use this command because multi-hop FSB is not supported. S4820T Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted To remove the bridge-to-bridge link configuration from the port, use the no fip-snooping portmode fcoe-trusted command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 547
FIP Snooping Global enabled Status: Enabled Global FC-MAP Value: 0X0EFC00 FIP Snooping enabled VLANs VLAN Enabled FC-MAP ----------------100 TRUE 0X0EFC00 show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. S4820T Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display.
PAGE 548
show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected. S4820T Syntax show fip-snooping fcf [fcf-mac-address] Parameters fcf-mac-address Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 549
show fip-snooping statistics Display statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all interfaces, including VLANs, physical ports, and port channels. S4820T Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface interfacetype | interface port-channel port-channel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics displays. port-channelnumber Enter the port channel number of the FIP packet statistics displays.
PAGE 550
Field Description Discovery Advertisements Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery advertisements received on the interface. Number of FLOGI Number of FIP FLOGI accept frames received on the interface. Accepts Number of FLOGI Number of FIP FLOGI reject frames received on the interface. Rejects Number of FDISC Number of FIP FDISC accept frames received on the interface. Accepts Number of FDISC Number of FIP FDISC reject frames received on the interface.
PAGE 551
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Example (Port Channel) of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of Multicast Discovery Solicits :1 Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 FLOGI :1 FDISC :16 FLOGO :0 Enode Keep Alive :4416 VN Port Keep Alive :3136 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :0 FLOGI Accepts :0 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :0 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FL
PAGE 552
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell# show fip-snooping system Global Mode : Enabled FCOE VLAN List (Operational) : FCFs : Enodes : Sessions : 1, 100 1 2 17 show fip-snooping vlan Display information on the FCoE VLANs on which FIP snooping is enabled. S4820T Syntax show fip-snooping vlan Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 553
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 554
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode. Important Points to Remember ● ● ● ● ● ● ● FRRP is media- and speed-independent.
PAGE 555
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings.
PAGE 556
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 557
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. S4820T Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 558
To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command. Parameters primary interface Enter the keyword primary to configure the primary interface then one of the following interfaces and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 559
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. S4820T Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command. Parameters Defaults vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8.
PAGE 560
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 561
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command places you into the resilient ring protocol. After executing this command, the command line prompt changes to conf-frrp. show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number.
PAGE 562
● hello Rx and Tx counters ● Topology change Rx and Tx counters ● The number of state change counters Example (Summary) Dell# show frrp summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ---------------------------------------------2 UP Master 2 11-20, 25,27-30 31 UP Transit 31 40-41 50 Down Transit 50 32 Dell# Example (1) Example (2 Summary) Dell# show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : TenGigabitEthernet 1/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State:
PAGE 563
Defaults ● 500 ms for hello-interval milliseconds ● 1500 ms for dead-intervalmilliseconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 564
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 565
• • • • • protocol gvrp show config show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear gvrp statistics interface interface interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 566
debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. S4820T Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events.
PAGE 567
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 568
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 569
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series ● disable — globally disable GVRP. gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type.
PAGE 570
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Fixed registration prevents an interface, configured using the command line, to belong to a VLAN (static configuration) from being unconfigured when it receives a Leave message. Therefore, Registration mode on that interface is fixed. Normal registration is the default registration. The port’s membership in the VLAN depends on GVRP.
PAGE 571
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 572
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 573
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants running on to GVRP Participants running on no ports.
PAGE 574
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 575
20 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking OS is the configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
PAGE 576
Usage Information The patch filename includes the Dell Networking OS version, the platform, the CPU, and the process it affects (FTOS-platform-cpu-process-patchversion.rtp). For example, a patch labeled “7.8.1.0-EH-rp2-l2mgr-1.rtp” identifies that this patch applies to Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0 — ESeries platform, for RP2, addressing the layer 2 management process, and this patch is the first version of this patch. There is no need to reload or reboot the system when you insert the patch.
PAGE 577
redundancy auto-failover-limit Specify an auto-failover limit for RPMs. When a non-recoverable fatal error is detected, an automatic RPM failover occurs. This command does not affect user-initiated (manual) failovers. S4820T Syntax redundancy auto-failover-limit [count number [period minutes] | period minutes]] To disable the auto-failover limit control, use the no redundancy auto-failover-limit command.
PAGE 578
To return to the default, use the no redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit rpm command. Parameters Default rpm Enter the keyword rpm to disable auto-reboot of the failed RPM. stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit ID number. Disabled — the failed module is automatically rebooted. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 579
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To provide a hitless or warm upgrade, use this command. A hitless upgrade means that a software upgrade does not require a reboot of the line cards. A warm upgrade means that a software upgrade requires a reset of the line cards.
PAGE 580
Parameters Default lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP). Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.
PAGE 581
redundancy sfm standby Place the SFM in an offline state. S4820T Syntax redundancy sfm standby To place the SFM in an online state, use the no redundancy sfm standby command. Default The SFM is online by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 582
------------------------------------------0 active 1 active redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data once between the Master and Stand-by stack units. S4820T Syntax redundancy synchronize [full] Parameters Default full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 583
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR — insert an In-Service Modular Hot-Fix patch. show processes restartable Display the processes and tasks configured for restartability. S4820T Syntax Parameters show processes restartable [history] history Display the last time the restartable processes crashed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 584
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 585
Field Description ● Line Card Config is the line card types configured and interfaces on those line cards. ● Runtime Event Log is the contents of the Event log. ● Running Config is the current running-config. This field only appears when you enter the command from the Primary RPM.
PAGE 586
Auto reboot RPM: Enabled Auto failover limit: 3 times in 60 minutes -- RPM Failover Record ------------------------------------------------Failover Count: 1 Last failover timestamp: Jul 13 2007 21:25:32 Last failover Reason: User request -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------Line Card Config: succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 Start-up Config: succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 SFM Config State: succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 Runtime Event Log: succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:5
PAGE 587
21 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and their Definitions. Table 1. ICMP Messages and their Definitions Symbol Type Code . Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! 0 U 3 C Description 3 echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable .
PAGE 588
Table 1. ICMP Messages and their Definitions (continued) Symbol Type & 11 Code Query Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 588 Description parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
PAGE 589
22 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember ● Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocol-independent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes. ● IGMPv2 is the default version of IGMP on interfaces.
PAGE 590
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 591
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 592
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. The access list accepted is an extended ACL. To block IGMP reports from hosts, on a per-interface basis based on the group address and source address that you specify in the access list, use this feature. ip igmp group-join-limit To limit the number of IGMP groups that can be joined in a second, use this feature.
PAGE 593
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 594
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) For IGMP version 2, the Interval range is from 100 to 25599. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 595
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command.
PAGE 596
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command. ip igmp ssm-map To translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships, use a statically configured list.
PAGE 597
Related Commands ● ip access-list standard — create a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults ip igmp version {2 | 3} 2 Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2. 3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. 2 (IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 598
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 599
Example Example (VLT) Field Description Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Dell# show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.
PAGE 600
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IGMP interfaces associated with that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 601
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Example (VRF) max query response time is 10 seconds last member query response interval is 1000 ms immediate-leave is enabled for all groups activity: 0 joins querying router is 35.0.0.1 (this system) version is 2 Dell# show ip igmp vrf BLUE interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/20 Inbound IGMP access group is not set Internet address is 50.10.4.
PAGE 602
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip igmp ssm-map Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.
PAGE 603
● You must configure an IP address to the VLAN interface for IGMP snooping Querier to begin. The IGMP snooping Querier disables itself when a VLAN IP address is cleared, and then it restarts itself when an IP address is reassigned to the VLAN interface. ● When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier does not start if there is a statically configured multicast router interface in the VLAN.
PAGE 604
debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. S4820T Syntax debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] ● To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command. ● To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. Parameters snooping Enter the keyword snooping to enable debugging of IGMP snooping. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 605
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 606
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information Queriers normally send some queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require a fast deletion of a group.
PAGE 607
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to GroupLeave messages. S4820T Syntax ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval command. Parameters Defaults milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
PAGE 608
To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 609
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 610
detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 611
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 612
23 Interfaces To configure egress, port channel, time domain, and UDP, use these interface commands. Topics: • • • • • • Basic Interface Commands Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands Port Channel Commands Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands UDP Broadcast Commands ip http source-interface Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 613
● For ON platforms, you can specify multiple ports as slot/port/[subport] - slot/port/[subport]. For example, if you want to clear the port configurations corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. vrrp [ipv6 {vr-id} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To | vr-id] clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6.
PAGE 614
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. Syntax clear dampening [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information to clear counters from a specified interface: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 615
dampening Configure dampening on an interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”.
PAGE 616
Example Related Commands Dell(conf-if-te-1/10)# dampening 20 800 4500 120 Dell(conf-if-te-1/10)# ● clear dampening — clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. ● show interfaces dampening — display interface dampening information. default interface Reset a physical interface to its factory default settings.
PAGE 617
no ip address shutdown Related Commands ● show running-config – display the current configuration. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 618
duplex (10/100 Interfaces) Configure duplex mode on the Management Interface interfaces where the speed is set to 10/100. Syntax duplex {half | full} To return to the default setting, use the no duplex command. Parameters Defaults half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions. Not configured.
PAGE 619
Parameters Defaults rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. This is the default value for the receive side. rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port. tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
PAGE 620
Can’t configure flowcontrol when half duplex is configure, config ignored ● Half duplex cannot be configured when the flow control configuration is on (default is rx on tx on). The following error is returned: Can’t configure half duplex when flowcontrol is on, config ignored NOTE: The flow control must be off (rx off tx off) before configuring the half duplex. ● Speeds less than 1 Gig cannot be configured when the asymmetric flow control configuration is on.
PAGE 621
Related Commands on on on on off off on on off off on on on on off off on on on on off off on on ● show running-config — display the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). ● show interfaces — display the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical or virtual interface on the switch.
PAGE 622
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a physical interface. By default, physical interfaces are disabled (shutdown) and are not assigned to an IP address or switchport. To place an interface in Layer 2 mode, ensure that the interface’s configuration does not contain an IP address and enter the switchport command.
PAGE 623
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 624
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.
PAGE 625
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. Dell(conf)# interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-ma-0/0)# ● management route — configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 626
Related Commands ● ● ● ● ● interface — configure a physical interface. interface loopback — configure a Loopback interface. interface port-channel — configure a port channel. interface vlan — configure a VLAN. ip unreachables — enable generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. interface range This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration).
PAGE 627
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When creating an interface range, interfaces appear in the order they are entered; they are not sorted. The command verifies that interfaces are present (physical) or configured (logical). Important Points to Remember: ● Bulk configuration is created if at least one interface is valid. ● Non-existing interfaces are excluded from the bulk configuration with a warning message.
PAGE 628
Vlan 2–100, Port 1–25 Dell(config-if-range-te-1/1-2,te-5/1-23,vl-2-100,po-1-25)# no shutdown Dell(config-if-range-te-5/1-24,te-1/1-2,vl-2-100,po-1-25)# Related Commands ● ● ● ● ● interface port-channel — configure a port channel group. interface vlan — configure a VLAN interface. show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) — display the bulk configuration interfaces. show range — display the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) — define a macro for an interface-range.
PAGE 629
Example (Single Range) Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show runningconfig command to display the macro definition.
PAGE 630
Example (Single Range) This example shows the macro named test that was defined earlier. Dell(config)# interface range macro test Dell(config-if-range-te-1/1-3,te-5/1-47,te-2/1-89)# Dell Related Commands ● interface range — configure a range of command (bulk configuration). ● interface range macro (define) — define a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration). interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs.
PAGE 631
Related Commands ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● interface — configure a physical interface. interface loopback — configure a loopback interface. interface null — configure a null interface. interface port-channel — configure a port channel group. show vlan — display the current VLAN configuration on the switch. shutdown — disable/enable the VLAN. tagged — add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. untagged — add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface.
PAGE 632
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.
PAGE 633
Example (Configured) User Information Dell# show interfaces configured TenGigabitEthernet 1/18 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Current address is 00:01:e8:05:f7:fc Interface index is 474791997 Internet address is 1.1.1.1/24 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex, Master ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters 00:12:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: ...
PAGE 634
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 635
Usage Information Example (Single Interface) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 636
Input underruns: Input giants: Input throttles: Input CRC: Input IP checksum: Input overrun: Output underruns: Output throttles: m l T q Example (All Interfaces) - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Change mode Page up Increase refresh interval Quit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 pps pps pps pps pps pps pps pps 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 c - Clear screen a - Page down t - Decrease refresh interval systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 637
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.
PAGE 638
portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command. Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 639
Example Example (Vlan) Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 802.
PAGE 640
Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data. Related Commands ● show interfaces — display information on physical and virtual interfaces. show config Display the interface configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 641
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 642
NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports. However, for Open Networking (ON) platforms the notation for specifying port range in the command is different from how you specify in nonON platforms. -range (Optional) Enter the range of interfaces for which you want to view the information.
PAGE 643
NOTE: In the CLI output, the power value is rounded to a 3-digit value. For receive/transmit power that is less than 0.000, an snmp query returns the corresponding dbm value even though the CLI displays as 0.000. NOTE: After the counters are cleared, the line-rate continues to increase until it reaches the maximum line rate. When the maximum line rate is reached, there is no change in the line-rate. User Information The following table describes the show interfaces command shown in the 10G example.
PAGE 644
Line Description ○ discarded = the sum of runts, giants, CRC, and overrun packets discarded without any processing Output Statistics: Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including: ● Number of packets, bytes, and underruns out of the interface ● Packet size and the number of the packets outbound to the interface ● Number of Multicast, Broadcast, and Unicast packets: ○ Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets ○ Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets ○ Unicasts = number of MAC un
PAGE 645
Example Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/1 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 is up, line protocol is down Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:41:77:95 Current address is 00:01:e8:41:77:95 Pluggable media present, SFP type is 1000BASE-SX Wavelength is 850nm Interface index is 100974648 Port will not be disabled on partial SFM failure Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit Flowcontrol rx on tx on ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show int
PAGE 646
Example (Management Ethernet) Example (Management Ethernet, two IPv6 addresses) Dell# show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:0b:a9:4c Current address is 00:01:e8:0b:a9:4c Pluggable media not present Interface index is 503595208 Internet address is 10.11.201.
PAGE 647
MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:05:12 Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 00:05:12 Related Commands ● show interfaces configured – display any interface with a non-default configuration.
PAGE 648
Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters 00:12:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 10 packets, 10000 bytes 0 Vlans 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 10 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1 packets, 64 bytes, 0 underruns 1 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte p
PAGE 649
Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 650
corresponding to all ports between 1 and 4, specify the port range as show interfaces interface-type 1/1/1 - 1/1/4. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 651
● ● ● ● ● 0 - < 50 meters 1 - 50 - 80 meters 2 - 80 - 110 meters 3 - 110 - 140 meters 4 - 140 meters Link Status: Up or Down Speed: ● ● ● ● Example Related Commands Auto 1000MB 100MB 10MB Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/0 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: Tru
PAGE 652
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 653
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. NOTE: This command also enables you to view information corresponding to a range of ports.
PAGE 654
Te 1/3 Te 1/4 Te 1/5 DellPort Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 Te 1/9 Te 1/10 Te 1/11 Te 1/12 Te 1/13 Te 1/14 Te 1/15 Te 1/16 Dell# Related Commands Down Down Up Down Down Up Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Auto Auto Auto Auto 1000 Mbit Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto 1000 Mbit Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto 1 -30-130 --1502,1504,1506-1508,1602 -------- ● show interfaces — display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 655
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 656
show interfaces transceiver Display the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. Syntax show interfaces interfaces transceiver Parameters interfaces interfaces (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and then the interface information: ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 657
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces transceiver command shown in the following example. Line Description Rx Power measurement type Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Average” or “OMA” (Receiver optical modulation amplitude). Temp High Alarm Factory-defined setting, typically in Centigrade. Value differs between SFPs and threshold SFP+.
PAGE 658
Line Description Bias Low Warning Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. threshold TX Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temperature Current temperature of the SFPs. If this temperature crosses Temp High alarm/ warning thresholds, the temperature high alarm/warning flag is set to true. Voltage Current voltage of the SFPs.
PAGE 659
Line Description Tx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above.
PAGE 660
SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold = 2.700V SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold = 1.000mA SFP 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.067mW SFP 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.010mW =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Warning threshold = 90.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Warning threshold = 3.
PAGE 661
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.9(0.0) Added support to display the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 662
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 663
To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 664
NOTE: When this setting is enabled, only 100Base-FX optics are supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card. Defaults 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface’s speed to 1000 Mb/s. Autonegotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto. NOTE: When this setting is enabled, only 1000Base-FX optics are supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card. 10000 Enter the keyword 10000 to set the interface’s speed to 10000 Mb/s. Autonegotiation is enabled.
PAGE 665
speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed command. Parameters Defaults 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 100 Mb/s. 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface’s speed to 1000 Mb/s. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed.
PAGE 666
number Defaults Enter the port number of the port to be split. Enter one of the following port numbers: 48, 52, 56, or 60. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 667
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults port-channel (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords port-channel if the backup port is a static or dynamic port channel. mode (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mode to set the interface mode. private-vlan (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords private-vlan to set the interface mode to private VLAN mode. host (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword host to set the private VLAN interface to host mode.
PAGE 668
wavelength Set the wavelength for tunable 10–Gigabit SFP+ optics. Syntax wavelength To retain the existing wavelength, use the no wavelength command. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 669
● For Telnet, enter the keyword telnet. ● For TFTP, enter the keyword tftp. all Defaults Configure all applications. None. Command Modes EIS Mode (conf-mgmt-eis) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 670
clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 671
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 672
ssh syslog tacacs telnet tftp : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 673
channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode. Syntax channel-member interface To delete an interface from a Port Channel, use the no channel-member interface command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 674
An interface can belong to only one Port Channel. You can have 16 interfaces per Port Channel. The interfaces can be located on different line cards but must be the same physical type and speed (for example, all 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces). For more information about Port Channels, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Related Commands ● description — assign a descriptive text string to the interface. ● interface port-channel — create a Port Channel interface.
PAGE 675
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing 16 physical interfaces on the S-Series. Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command. Parameters Defaults channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Not configured.
PAGE 676
Related Commands ● ● ● ● ● ● channel-member — add a physical interface to the LAG. interface — configure a physical interface. interface loopback — configure a Loopback interface. interface null — configure a null interface. interface vlan — configure a VLAN. shutdown — disable/enable the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status.
PAGE 677
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 678
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show config ! interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 679
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Modified to display the LAG failover group status. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Example The following describes the show interfaces port-channel command shown in the following example. Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status. In the Example, the status of the LAG’s LAG fatesharing group (“Failover-group”) is listed. Hardware is...
PAGE 680
44507301 packets input, 3563070343 bytes Input 44506754 IP Packets, 0 Vlans 0 MPLS 41 64-byte pkts, 44502871 over 64-byte pkts, 249 over 127-byte pkts 407 over 255-byte pkts, 3127 over 511-byte pkts, 606 over 1023-byte pkts Received 0 input symbol errors, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 IP Checksum, 0 overrun, 0 discarded 1218120 packets output, 100745130 bytes, 0 underruns Output 5428 Multicasts, 4 Broadcasts, 1212688 Unicasts 1216142 IP Packets, 0 Vlans, 0 MPLS 0 throttles, 0 discarded Rate info (
PAGE 681
Parameters outgoing-portchannel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel then the number of the port channel to display flow information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 682
● In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the subsequent fragments. NOTE: In the show port channel flow command output, the egress port for an unknown unicast, multicast, or broadcast traffic is not displayed.
PAGE 683
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The interface must be enabled to run the test or an error message is generated: Dell# tdr-cable-test tengigabitethernet 11/1 % Error: Interface is disabled Te 11/1. Syslog messages are generated when the link flaps during TDR tests. Related Commands ● show tdr — display the results of the TDR test.
PAGE 684
Example Related Commands Status Definition Length: 92 (+/1) meters, Status: Shorted A short is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 92 meters. The short is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Length: 93 (+/1) meters, Status: Open An opening is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 93 meters. The open is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Status: Impedance Mismatch There is an impedance mismatch in the cables.
PAGE 685
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# debug ip udp-helper UDP helper debugging is on 01:20:22: Pkt rcvd on Gi 3/0 with IP DA (0xffffffff) will be sent on Gi 5/1 Gi 5/2 Vlan 3 01:44:54: Pkt rcvd on Gi 4/0 is handed over for DHCP processing.
PAGE 686
Usage Information Version Description Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you configure the ip helper-address command and ip udp-helper udp-port command, the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67/68 is unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper-address configuration. This occurs regardless if the ip udp-helper udp-port command contains port numbers 67/68 or not.
PAGE 687
To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 688
24 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: ● Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 689
ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. ● md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. ● sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. ● null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
PAGE 690
crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec. S4820T Syntax crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsec-manual To delete a crypto policy entry, use the no crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsecmanual command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 691
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. match Apply an match filter to the crypto policy.
PAGE 692
match 6 tcp 1.1.1.1 /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 21 match 7 tcp 1.1.1.1 /32 21 1.1.1.2 /32 0 session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. S4820T Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the transform set.
PAGE 693
show crypto ipsec transform-set Display the transform set configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec transform-set name name Enter the name of the transform set. Command Modes EXEC Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(0.
PAGE 694
Policy refcount : Sequence Num : SA Mode : Transform-Set Name : Peer IP Address : Inbound AH SPI : Inbound ESP Auth SPI : Inbound ESP Encry SPI : Inbound AH Key : Inbound ESP Auth Key : Inbound ESP Encry Key : Outbound AH SPI : Outbound ESP Auth SPI : Outbound ESP Encry SPI: Outound AH Key : Outound ESP Auth Key : Outound ESP Encry Key : Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interf
PAGE 695
25 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on the S4820T platform.
PAGE 696
• • • • • • • show show show show show show show ip management-route ip protocols ip route ip route list ip route summary ip traffic tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). S4820T Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF.
PAGE 697
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. You can use the vrf attribute of this command to create a static ARP entry on either a default or a nondefault VRF.
PAGE 698
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. S4820T Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 699
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T.
PAGE 700
arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. S4820T Syntax arp timeout minutes Parameters Defaults minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 240 minutes. 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 701
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 702
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. S4820T Syntax clear host name Parameters name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 703
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command. Related Commands ● show ip fib stack-unit — show FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption. clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table.
PAGE 704
Usage Information Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the vrf vrf-name attribute of this command to clear routes corresponding to either a specific VRF or the default VRF. You cannot use this attribute to clear routes corresponding to a management VRF. Related Commands ● ip route — assign an IP route to the switch. ● show ip route — view the routing table. ● show ip route summary — view a summary of the routing table. clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters.
PAGE 705
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. S4820T Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 706
debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. S4820T Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 707
= 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.254 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.
PAGE 708
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option.
PAGE 709
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 710
IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.3 (Ma 0/0), len 1500, sending fragment IP Fragment, Ident = 4741, fragment offset = 0 ICMP type=0, code=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.3 (Ma 0/0), len 1500, sending fragment IP Fragment, Ident = 4741, fragment offset = 1480 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.5 (Gi 4/11), len 64, sending broad/ multicast proto=89 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.6 (Gi 4/11), len 28, sending broad/ multicast proto=2 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.
PAGE 711
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 712
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. S4820T Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters Defaults name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Disabled.
PAGE 713
Related Commands ● ip domain-name — specify a DNS server. ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. S4820T Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 714
ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. S4820T Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters Defaults name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 715
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. S4820T Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 716
ip helper-address hop-count disable Disable the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. S4820T Syntax ip helper-address hop-count disable To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hop-count disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 717
Parameters Defaults name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ip address Enter an IP address, in dotted decimal format, to be mapped to the name. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 718
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 719
● ● ● ● ● Defaults the IP address, it is treated to the management interface of the primary unit or the existing unit. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 720
Parameters Defaults count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly. The range is from 2 to 256. No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 721
Related Commands ● show ip route — view the switch routing table. ● show ipv6 route — display the IPv6 routes. ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet the RPM transmits for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, Dell Networking OS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. S4820T Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, use the no ip mtu command.
PAGE 722
● Members can have different Link MTU values. Tagged members must have a link MTU 4 bytes higher than untagged members to account for the packet tag. ● The VLAN link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the VLAN members. For example, the VLAN contains tagged members with Link MTU of 1522 and IP MTU of 1500 and untagged members with Link MTU of 1518 and IP MTU of 1500.
PAGE 723
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out on all other interfaces, including the Management port. You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers.
PAGE 724
ip route Assign a static route to the switch. S4820T Syntax ip route [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mask {ip-address | interface [ipaddress]} [distance] [permanent] [tag tag-value] [vrf vrf-name] [weight weight-value] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command. To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
PAGE 725
weight weight- value Defaults Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value. The range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: Weight for a static route can be added only for the destination address and not for the route pointing to destination a interface. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 726
You cannot use the VRF attribute of this command to configure routes in a management VRF. When a specific VRF is deleted, all the configured static routes corresponding to that VRF are automatically removed. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# ip route 1.1.1.0/24 4.4.4.2 weight 100 Dell(conf)# ip route 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.2 weight 200 Dell(conf)# do show running-config | grep route ip route 1.1.1.0/24 4.4.4.2 weight 100 ip route 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.2 weight 200 Dell(conf)# ip route vrf test 1.1.1.0/24 4.4.4.
PAGE 727
ip tcp initial-time Define the wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established. This command is supported on the , S4820T, , and platforms. Syntax ip tcp initial-time <8-75> To restore the default behavior, which causes the wait period to be set as 8 seconds, use the no ip tcp initial-time command. Parameters <8-75> Wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 728
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 729
● source-mac — Uses the source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: ● enable — Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is enabled by default.
PAGE 730
Parameters {{ip-selection| ipv6-selection [ source-ip | source-ipv6 | source-port-id | source-module-id | dest-ip | destipv6 | dest-portid | dest-moduleid | protocol | vlan | L4-sourceport | L4-destport ] To use IPv4 key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ip-selection then one of the parameters. To use IPv6 key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ipv6-selection then one of the parameters. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● source-ip — Use IPv4 src-ip field in hash calculation.
PAGE 731
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. S4820T Syntax management route {ip-address mask | ipv6-address 1.1.1.1prefix-length} {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet | fortyGigE | vlan | tengigabitethernet} To remove a static route, use the no management route command. Parameters ip-address mask Enter an IP address (dotted decimal format) and mask (/prefix format) of the destination subnet.
PAGE 732
Management Connected prefix are not reflected in the hardware routing tables. Separate routing tables are maintained for IPv4 and IPv6 management routes. This command manages both tables. Related Commands ● interface ManagementEthernet — configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). ● speed (Management interface) — set the speed for the Management interface. show arp Display the ARP table.
PAGE 733
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF and added usage information for the clear arp-cache command. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.
PAGE 734
Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Example (Private VLAN) 192.2.1.250 192.2.1.251 192.2.1.250 192.2.1.249 192.2.1.248 192.2.1.247 192.2.1.246 192.2.1.
PAGE 735
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. ● arp retries — set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration.
PAGE 736
Field Description Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. ● If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service. ● If DNS is not enabled, the Name/Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are... Lists the name servers, if configured. Host Displays the host name assigned to the IP address.
PAGE 737
index index- number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword index then the CAM index number. The range depends on CAM size. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing route prefixes and the total number of routes that can be entered into the CAM. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name to show CAM information as it applies to that VRF instance.
PAGE 738
Example Usage Information Dell# show ip cam linecard 13 port-set 0 Index Destination EC CG V C Next-Hop VId Mac-Addr Port ------ ----------------------------------- ---- ------------3276 6.6.6.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3277 5.5.5.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3278 4.4.4.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3279 3.3.3.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3280 2.2.2.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 11144 6.6.6.0 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.
PAGE 739
0 Dell# 0 8 show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for a port-pipe of a stack-unit on a S-Series or Z-Series switch. Syntax Parameters show ip cam stack-unit {stack-unit-number} [port-set {pipe-number} | vrf vrf-name {ip-address mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]]}| ecmpgroup {detail | member-info [detail [group-index index-number]]}| summary] stack-unitnumber Enter the stack-unit ID. port-set pipe- Enter the keyword port-set then the number of the stack unit’s port-pipe.
PAGE 740
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays 1 if the route is an ECMP route. Else, displays 0. C This is the CPU bit. If it displays 1, then it indicates that a packet hitting this entry will be forwarded to the CPU. V Id Displays the VLAN ID. If the entry is 0, the entry is not part of a VLAN.
PAGE 741
Parameters stack-unitnumber Enter the stack unit ID. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view FIB entries corresponding to that VRF. ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Enter the mask in slash prefix format (/X). longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix.
PAGE 742
2.1.1.2/32 0.0.0.0/0 1.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1/32 2.1.1.0/24 2.1.1.1/32 100.1.1.0/24 100.1.1.0/24 Dell# S S S Example (Show command output with Weighted ECMP Enabled) via 2.1.1.2, Vl 20 Direct, Vl 1000 via 127.0.0.1 Direct, Vl 20 via 127.0.0.1 via 1.1.1.2, Vl 1000 via 2.1.1.2, Vl 20 Dell# show ip route 10.1.1.0/24 20.1.1.0/24 100.1.1.0/24 via via via via via 2.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 0.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 1.1.1.2 2.1.1.
PAGE 743
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
PAGE 744
● For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a stack-unit interface, enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit number. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a brief summary of the interfaces and whether an IP address is assigned.
PAGE 745
Example Lines Description ICMP unreachables... States if ICMP unreachable messages are sent.
PAGE 746
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing the number of active and non-active routes and their sources. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view non-active routes also. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 747
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
PAGE 748
list prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword list and the name of a configured prefix list. For more information, refer to the show ip route list command. protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. NOTE: bgp, isis, ospf, and rip. ● If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number . ● If you enter isis, you can include the ISIS routing-tag. ● If you enter ospf, you can include the OSPF process-id.
PAGE 749
Field Description (undefined) Identifies the type of route: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● C = connected S = static R = RIP B = BGP IN = internal BGP EX = external BGP LO = Locally Originated O = OSPF IA = OSPF inter area N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 = OSPF external type 1 E2 = OSPF external type 2 i = IS-IS L1 = IS-IS level-1 L2 = IS-IS level-2 IA = IS-IS inter-area * = candidate default > = non-active route + = summary routes The weight for weighted ECMP r
PAGE 750
Example (Summary) Dell# show ip route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 2 0 static 1 0 Total 3 0 Total 3 active route(s) using 612 bytes R1_E600i>show ip route static ? | Pipe through a command R1_E600i>show ip route static Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------*S 0.0.0.0/0 via 10.10.91.
PAGE 751
--------------------S 1.1.1.0/24 C C 4.4.4.0/24 6.6.6.0/24 ------4.4.4.2, via Te 1/4 6.6.6.2, via Te 1/16 Direct, Te 1/4 Direct, Te 1/16 ----------1/0 00:00:01 0/0 0/0 00:01:32 00:01:25 Dell(conf)#do show ip route 1.1.1.0/24 Routing entry for 1.1.1.0/24 Known via "static", distance 1, metric 0 Last update 00:05:01 ago Routing Descriptor Blocks: * 4.4.4.2, via TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 * 6.6.6.2, via TenGigabitEthernet 1/16 Dell(conf)# show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list.
PAGE 752
Originated, O- OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2- OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, >- non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set R R R R C Related Commands Destination ----------2.1.0.0/24 2.1.1.0/24 2.1.2.0/24 2.1.3.0/24 2.1.4.0/24 Gateway ------via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.
PAGE 753
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in Dell Networking OS. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols. If the best route or active route goes down, the non-active route becomes the best route.
PAGE 754
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
PAGE 755
The Dell Monitoring MIB provides access to the following statistics. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Example IP Statistics: Bcast: Received: Object = f10BcastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.1 IP Statistics: Bcast: Sent: Object = f10BcastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.2 IP Statistics: Mcast: Received: Object = f10McastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.3 IP Statistics: Mcast: Sent: Object = f10McastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.
PAGE 756
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced The following describes the show tcp statistics cp command shown in the following example.
PAGE 757
Example Field Description 0 window probe... Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent. 7 Connections initiated... Displays the number of TCP connections initiated, accepted, and established. 14 Connections closed... Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped. 20 Total rxmt... Displays the number of times the switch tried to re-send data and the number of connections dropped during the TCP retransmit timeout period. 0 Keepalive....
PAGE 758
26 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, see Access Control Lists (ACL). Important Points to Remember ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see cam-acl. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 759
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 760
Example Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 761
L2Qos : 3 Dell# Related Commands ● cam-acl — configure CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 762
● Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number ● Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command Parameters Defaults ip-protocolnumber Enter an IPv6 protocol number. The range is from 0 to 255. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to filter internet Control Message Protocol version 6. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to filter any internet Protocol version 6. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to filter the Transmission Control protocol.
PAGE 763
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. S4820T Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name cpu-qos To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only (CoPP).
PAGE 764
Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specification on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. You can create an IPv6 ACL for control-plane traffic policing for OSPFv3, in addition to the CoPP support for VRRP, BGP, and ICMP. cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs.
PAGE 765
Dell(conf)# cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ? ipv6acl Set IPV6-ACL entries Dell(conf)# cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ipv6acl ? <0-4> Number of FP blocks for IPV6 (multiples of 2) Dell(conf)# cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ipv6acl 2 Dell(conf)# cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 766
When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
PAGE 767
27 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, see the IPv6 Addressing section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 768
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 769
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. S4820T Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 770
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 771
ipv6 address Configure an IPv6 address to an interface. S4820T Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} To remove the IPv6 address, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 772
Dell(conf-if-te-1/2)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 no ip address ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 no shutdown ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on the interface. S4820T Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 To disable IPv6 EUI64 address autoconfiguration, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 command.
PAGE 773
To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit command. Parameters Default pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200, where 0 disables the rate-limiting. 100 pps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 774
ipv6 host Assign a name and IPv6 address the host-to-IPv6 address mapping table uses. S4820T Syntax ipv6 host name ipv6-address To remove an IP host, use the no ipv6 host name {ipv6–address}. Parameters Defaults name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 775
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers.
PAGE 776
Parameters Defaults ipv6-RDNSSaddress Enter the IPv6 Recursive DNS Server’s (RDNSS) address. You can specify up to 4 IPv6 RDNSS server addresses. lifetime Enter the lifetime in seconds. The amount of time the IPv6 host can use the IPv6 RDNSS address for name resolution. The range is 0 to 4294967295 seconds. When you specify the maximum lifetime value of 4294967295 or infinite, the lifetime does not expire. A value of 0 indicates to the host that the RDNSS address should not be used.
PAGE 777
valid-lifetime | infinite preferredlifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is advertised, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 2592000. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime does not expire for the valid-life time parameter. Enter the amount of time that the prefix is preferred, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 604800.
PAGE 778
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 779
Networking OS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by Dell Networking OS, when the recursive resolution is satisfied. After an IPv6 static route interface is created, if an IP address is not assigned to a peer interface, the peer must be manually pinged to resolve the neighbor information. You can specify a weight for an IPv4 or IPv6 static route. If the weight value of a path is 0, then that path is not used for forwarding when weighted ECMP is in effect.
PAGE 780
configuration. Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re-enabled, Dell Networking OS generates a syslog message indicating the action.
PAGE 781
Usage Information First-Hop information is not shown for installed routes in the IPv6 content addressable memory (CAM). However, the same is shown in the forwarding information base (FIB). NOTE: If a route has a mask greater than 64, no output is displayed and no output is displayed for show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} ipv6-address, but an equivalent /64 entry would be listed in the show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} output.
PAGE 782
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of entries in IPv6 cam. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 783
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ipv6 interface interface {slot | slot/port} [brief] [configured] [stack-unit id] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 784
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Added support for the managementethernet slot/port parameter. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown).
PAGE 785
Example (Brief) Example (tunnel) Dell# show ipv6 interface brief TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 2002:1:2::3/96 TenGigabitEthernet 1/12 fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 100::2/64 ManagementEthernet 1/0 fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 300::1/64 Dell# [administratively down/down] [up/up] [up/up] Dell# show ipv6 interface tunnel 1 Tunnel 1 is up, line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e Global Unicast address(es): 400::1, subnet is 400::/64 (MANUAL) Remaining lifeti
PAGE 786
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C- and E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 787
Example Field Description MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received. Malformed Packets The number of MLDv1 and MLDv2 packets that do not match the requirement for a valid MLD packet.
PAGE 788
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.
PAGE 789
B - BGP, IN - internal BGP, EX - external BGP,LO - Locally Originated, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, Gateway of last resort is not set C C S L Dell# Example (Summary) Destination Dist/Metric, Gateway, Last Change ----------------------------------------------------100::/64 [0/0] Direct, Te 1/
PAGE 790
Usage Information When you configure trust IPv6 diffserv, matched bytes/packets counters are not incremented in the show qos statistics command. Trust diffserv (IPv4) can co-exist with trust ipv6-diffserv in an Input Policy Map.
PAGE 791
28 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an S4820T system. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
PAGE 792
To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters Defaults time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.
PAGE 793
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization. Syntax iscsi enable To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi enable command. Parameters Defaults enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 794
iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 795
show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. Syntax show iscsi Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.
PAGE 796
Example Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0f60c2002-0360018428d48c94iom011 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000.
PAGE 797
---------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-35 Up Time:00:00:01:22(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:31(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.53 33432 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Related Commands ● show iscsi — display the currently configured iSCSI settings.
PAGE 798
29 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing through both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered as an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains called areas. Intermediate systems send, receive, and forward packets to other routers within their area (Level 1 and Level 1-2 devices).
PAGE 799
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
PAGE 800
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacencycheck is enabled by default. If a BFD session goes down indicating that IPv4 or IPv6 connectivity to its neighbor is lost, it does not imply that the adjacency is lost altogether.
PAGE 801
Usage Information You cannot disable leaking from Level 1 to Level 2. Also, you cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1. However, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all Level 1 routes are leaked. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS. area-password Configure a hash message authentication code (HMAC) password for an area.
PAGE 802
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
PAGE 803
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Syntax Parameters Defaults clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 804
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Entering debug isis enables all debugging parameters. To display all debugging information in one output, use this command. To turn off debugging, you normally enter separate no forms of each command.
PAGE 805
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug isis local-updates To debug IS-IS local update packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. S4820T Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] local-updates [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf—name] updates [interface] command.
PAGE 806
debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. S4820T Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] snp-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] snp-packets [interface] command.
PAGE 807
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging information on IS-IS corresponding to that VRF. This information contains SPF trigger detail tied to the VRF that you specify. When SPF is triggered, this debugging information is displayed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 808
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information.
PAGE 809
Usage Information When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metric-style command configuration.
PAGE 810
Defaults ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the next-hop address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or /prefix format. prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a prefix list name. weight = 115 Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 811
● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 812
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. Related Commands ● distribute-list in — filter the networks received in updates.
PAGE 813
domain-password Set the authentication password for a routing domain. Syntax domain-password [hmac-md5 | encryption-type] password To disable the password, use the no domain-password command. Parameters Defaults hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long.
PAGE 814
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV.
PAGE 815
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 816
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 817
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters Defaults adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses.
PAGE 818
Parameters Defaults multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs. Both LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs are padded. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 819
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To build name-to-systemID mapping tables through the protocol, use this command. All show commands that display systems also display the hostname. Related Commands ● clns host — define a name-to-NSAP mapping. ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command.
PAGE 820
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 821
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 822
Only configure interfaces as Level 1 or Level 2 on routers that are between areas (for example, a Level 1-2 router) to prevent the software from sending unused hello packets and wasting bandwidth. isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command.
PAGE 823
Defaults level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 1. This value is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 2. seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 824
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 825
isis ipv6 metric Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information. Syntax isis ipv6 metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no ipv6 isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215.
PAGE 826
wide' should be configured on level-1-2, or it will be capped at 63. If the metric style is WIDE, the metric values that are greater than 63 are only effective. Defaults level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to configure the shortest path first (SPF) calculation for Level 1 (intra-area) routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to configure the SPF calculation for Level 2 (inter-area) routing.
PAGE 827
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES.
PAGE 828
isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2.
PAGE 829
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 830
lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs). Syntax lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command. Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs.
PAGE 831
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 512 to 16000 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. NOTE: The appropriate interface circuit is brought down and removed. Defaults 1497 bytes.
PAGE 832
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement.
PAGE 833
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. To configure the number of area addresses on router, use this command. This value must be consistent with routers in the same area, otherwise the router forms only Level 2 adjacencies. The value must be same among all the routers to form Level 1 adjacencies. max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed.
PAGE 834
Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths an IP routing installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 4. 4 Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 835
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs.
PAGE 836
net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters Defaults network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address. The next 6 bytes identify the system ID.
PAGE 837
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 838
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 839
metric metric- value metric-type {external| internal} route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: ● external ● internal map-name is an identifier for a configured route map.
PAGE 840
To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed. The range is from 1 to 65355. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol.
PAGE 841
advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is advertised. router isis Allows you to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process. S4820T Syntax router isis [vrf vrf-name] [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command.
PAGE 842
set-overload-bit To set the overload bit in zeroth fragment of non-pseudonode LSPs on the router, configure the router. This setting prevents other routers from using it as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Syntax set-overload-bit To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Not set.
PAGE 843
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Example (Router- The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Isis) Dell(conf-router_isis)# show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
PAGE 844
detail (OPTIONAL) Displays the detailed link-state database information of each LSP when specified. If not specified, a summary displays. summary (OPTIONAL) Displays the summary of link-state database information when specified. lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP. system-id (OPTIONAL) Displays the link-state database for system-id. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 845
Example Field Description ATT This value represents the Attach bit. This value indicates that the router is a Level 1-2 router and can reach other areas. Level 1-only routers and Level 1-2 routers that have lost connection to other Level 1-2 routers use the Attach bit to find the closest Level 1-2 router. They install a default route to the closest Level 1-2 router. P This value represents the P bit. This bit is always set to zero as Dell Networking does not support area partition repair.
PAGE 846
ATT/P/OL FTOS.00-00 * 0x00000009 NLPID: 0xCC Area Address: 49.0000.0001 0x79D8 941 1/0/0 show isis graceful-restart detail Display detailed IS-IS graceful restart related settings. S4820T Syntax show isis [vrf vrf-name] graceful-restart detail Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Parameters Command History Example vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name if the VRf to display IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 847
Restart CSNP rcv count : 0 (level-1), 0 (level-2) Database Sync count : 0 (level-1), 0 (level-2) show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the switch. S4820T Syntax Parameters show isis [vrf vrf-name] hostname vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS host names corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 848
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 849
show isis neighbors Display information about neighboring (adjacent) routers. S4820T Syntax Parameters show isis [vrf vrf-name] neighbors [level-1 | level-2] [detail] [interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display adjacent router information corresponding to that VRF. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 1 IS-IS neighbors. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 2 IS-IS neighbors.
PAGE 850
Example Field Description Priority IS-IS priority the neighbor advertises. The neighbor with highest priority becomes the designated router for the interface. Uptime Displays the interfaces uptime. Circuit Id The neighbor’s interpretation of the designated router for the interface. The bold sections below identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. This command displays only one IP address per line.
PAGE 851
Example The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. Dell# show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.
PAGE 852
Usage Information Example 852 Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show isis traffic command shown in the following example. Item Description Level-1/Level-2 Hellos (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of Hello packets sent and received. PTP Hellos (sent/rcvd) Displays the number of point-to-point Hellos sent and received.
PAGE 853
spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command. Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1 to apply the configuration to Level-1 SPF calculations.
PAGE 854
down and there are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time).
PAGE 855
30 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This section contains commands for Dell Networks’ implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For static LAG commands based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.3 Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications, see Port Channel Commands .
PAGE 856
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● show lacp — display the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). S4820T Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
PAGE 857
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. S4820T Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 858
lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority. S4820T Syntax lacp port-priority priority-value To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priority-value command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768.
PAGE 859
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 860
show lacp Display the LACP matrix. S4820T Syntax show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] Parameters Defaults port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 128. sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters.
PAGE 861
Dell# Example (Sys-id) Oper: State BCEGIKNP Key 1 Priority 128 Dell# show lacp 1 sys-id Actor System ID: Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b Partner System ID: Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 862
31 Layer 2 This section describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 863
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table.
PAGE 864
mac-address-table disable-learning Disable MAC address learning from LACP or LLDP BPDUs. Syntax mac-address-table disable-learning [lacp | lldp] Parameters Defaults lacp Enter lacp to disable MAC address learning from LACP BPDUs. lldp Enter LLDP to disable MAC address learning from LLDP BPDUs. Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 865
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. vlan vlan-id Defaults Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 866
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. For information about the specific trap sent and the corresponding Syslog, see SNMP Traps.
PAGE 867
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults mac learning-limit address_limit [vlan vlan-id] [station-move-violation [dynamic]] [dynamic [no-station-move| station-move]] address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is from 1 to 1000000. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 868
With the keyword no-station-move option, MAC addresses learned through this feature on the selected interface persist on a per-VLAN basis, even if received on another interface. Enabling or disabling this option has no effect on already learned MAC addresses. After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter.
PAGE 869
Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands ● show mac learning-limit — display details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port. S4820T Syntax mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky To convert the sticky MAC addresses to dynamic MAC addresses, use the no mac learning-limit command.
PAGE 870
To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-move-violation command, then the configured keyword. Parameters Defaults log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation. shutdown-both Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down both the original and offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdownoffending Enter the keywords shutdown-offending to shut down the offending interface and generate a syslog message.
PAGE 871
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 872
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs.
PAGE 873
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 874
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. interface interface-type (OPTIONAL) Instead of entering the keyword interface then the interface type, slot/port information, as above, you can enter the interface type, then just a slot number.
PAGE 875
Example Usage Information Example (Count) Related Commands Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive).
PAGE 876
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 877
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. MAC Accounting information can be accessed using SNMP via the Force10 Monitor MIB. For more information about enabling SNMP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 878
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 879
Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Default VLAN is VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 880
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced The no default vlan disable command is not listed in the running-configuration, but when the default VLAN is disabled, default-vlan disable is listed in the running-configuration. name Assign a name to the VLAN. S4820T Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command.
PAGE 881
show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 882
name vlan-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword name then the name configured for the VLAN. Only information on the VLAN named is displayed. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information 882 Layer 2 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 883
Column Heading Description ● I (capitalized I) for Internal tagged ● v (not capitalized v) for VLT untagged ● V (capitalized V) for VLT tagged Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 884
41 Active T Te 1/47 Dell# show vlan id 42 Codes: Q: U x G - Dell# Example (Brief) Example (Name) * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 42 Status Description Q Ports Active U Te 1/47 Dell# show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----------------------------------1 0 1800 unassigned 2 0 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3 0 1800 3.3.3.
PAGE 885
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 886
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 887
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 888
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 889
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file.
PAGE 890
fefd interval Set an interval between control packets. Syntax fefd interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 255 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. 15 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 891
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands ● fefd — enable far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
PAGE 892
fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 893
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.
PAGE 894
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration. Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets.
PAGE 895
32 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell Networking operating software implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
PAGE 896
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 897
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). S4820T Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command.
PAGE 898
advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface. S4820T Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command.
PAGE 899
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 900
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging.
PAGE 901
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. S4820T Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled — no disable.
PAGE 902
hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. S4820T Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. 30 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 903
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 904
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. S4820T Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 905
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 906
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 907
Example Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show lldp statistics Total number of neighbors: 300 Last table change time : Mon Oct 02 16:00:52 2006 Number of Table Inserts : 1621 Number of Table Deletes : 200 Number of Table Drops : 0 Number of Table Age Outs : 400 Dell# show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration.
PAGE 908
LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands. Dell Networking OS LLDP-MED commands are an extension of the set of LLDP TLV advertisement commands. As defined by ANSI/TIA-1057, LLDP-MED provides organizationally specific TLVs (Type Length Value), so that endpoint devices and network connectivity devices can advertise their characteristics and configuration information.
PAGE 909
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. ● protocol lldp (Configuration) — enable LLDP globally. ● debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. ● show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 910
advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} To return to the default, use the no advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinate-based Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in value hexadecimal value of 16 bytes.
PAGE 911
advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 912
DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged, the Layer 2 priority, and then the DSCP value. number Defaults Unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 913
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. ● debug lldp interface — debug LLDP.
PAGE 914
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. ● debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. ● show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system.
PAGE 915
● debug lldp interface — debug LLDP. ● show lldp neighbors — display the LLDP neighbors. advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 916
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 917
33 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network load balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 918
Related Commands ● clear arp-cache — clear dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table. ● show arp — display the ARP table. mac-address-table static (for Multicast MAC Address) For multicast mode of network load balancing (NLB), configure a static multicast MAC address, associate the multicast MAC address with the VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic, and add output ports that will receive multicast streams on the VLAN.
PAGE 919
Example (Multicast) Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for multicast MAC address on the MXL platform. mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output— range Te 1/2,Te 1/3 ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command.
PAGE 920
34 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM sparse-mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the S4820T platform.
PAGE 921
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries.
PAGE 922
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. S4820T Syntax clear ip msdp statistic peer peer-address Parameters Defaults peer Enter the keyword peer to clear the MSDP peer entries. peer-address Enter the IP address of the MSDP peer. Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache.
PAGE 923
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 924
Related Commands ● show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa — display the rejected SAs in the SA cache. ip msdp default-peer Define a default peer from which to accept all source-active (SA) messages. S4820T Syntax ip msdp default-peer peer address [list name] To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters Defaults peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.
PAGE 925
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 926
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced An MSDP mesh group is a mechanism for reducing SA flooding, typically in an intra-domain setting. When some subset of a domain’s MSDP speakers are fully meshed, they can be configured into a mesh-group. If member X of a mesh-group receives a SA message from an MSDP peer that is also a member of the mesh-group, member X accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the mesh-group.
PAGE 927
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. S4820T Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [sa-limit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 928
If the total number of SA messages received from the peer is already larger than the limit when this command is applied, those SA messages continue to be accepted. To enforce the limit in such situation, use the clear ip msdp peer command to reset the peer. Related Commands ● ip msdp sa-limit — configure the MSDP SA Limit. ● clear ip msdp peer — clear the MSDP peer. ● show ip msdp — display the MSDP information. ip msdp redistribute Filter local PIM SA entries in the SA cache.
PAGE 929
Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters Defaults in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering. peer-address Enter the peer address of the MSDP peer in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). access-list name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Not configured.
PAGE 930
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS counts the SA messages originated by itself and those messages received from the MSDP peers.
PAGE 931
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. S4820T Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 932
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Dell# show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 933
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 934
35 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking S4820T platform.
PAGE 935
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug MSTP events. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 936
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. ● protocol spanning-tree mstp — enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 937
● hello-time — change the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). S4820T Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2 seconds.
PAGE 938
Parameters Defaults max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. 20 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 939
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. The max-hops command is a configuration command that applies to both the IST and all MST instances in the MSTP region. The BPDUs sent out by the root switch set the remaining-hops parameter to the configured value of max-hops.
PAGE 940
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance. name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. S4820T Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command.
PAGE 941
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 942
Parameters Defaults range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 943
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-mstp)# show config ! protocol spanning-tree mstp no disable name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101-105 max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration.
PAGE 944
Example Dell# show spanning-tree mst configuration MST region name: CustomerSvc Revision: 2 MSTI VID 10 101-105 Dell# show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. S4820T Syntax show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] Parameters instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance.
PAGE 945
Current root has priority 16384, Address 0001.e800.0a5c Number of topology changes 0, last change occurred 3058087 Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 946
Designated port id is 128.257, designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU (MRecords): sent 21, received 9 The port is not in the Edge port mode Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree msti 5 guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface. Instance MSTP instance.
PAGE 947
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value.
PAGE 948
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp edge-port Configures the interface as an MST edge port and optionally a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard. S4820T Syntax spanning-tree mstp edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] Parameters mstp edge-port Enter the keyword mstp then the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a Multiple Spanning Tree edge port.
PAGE 949
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. S4820T Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 950
36 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on all S4820T platform. Topics: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 951
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands ● show ip pim tib — show the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 952
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Related Commands ● show ip mroute — display the routing table.
PAGE 953
To store multicast routes, use the IN-L3-McastFib CAM partition. It is a separate hardware limit that exists per port-pipe. This hardware space limitation can supersede any software-configured limit. The opposite is also true, the CAM partition might not be exhausted at the time the system-wide route limit set by the ip multicast-limit command is reached. Related Commands ● show ip igmp groups — display the IGMP groups. ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding.
PAGE 954
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view static multicast routes. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group-address to view only routes associated with [ source-address ] that group. Enter the source-address to view routes with that group-address and source-address.
PAGE 955
Example (Static) Dell# show ip mroute static Mroute: 23.23.23.0/24, interface: Lo 2 Protocol: static, distance: 0, route-map: none, last change: 00:00:23 Example (Snooping) Dell# show ip mroute snooping IPv4 Multicast Snooping Table (*, 224.0.0.0), uptime 17:46:23 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 4/13 (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:04:16 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 4/11 TenGigabitEthernet 4/13 (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.
PAGE 956
(1.13.1.100, 224.10.10.1), uptime 00:04:03 Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 3/4 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 3/12 TenGigabitEthernet 3/13 (*, 224.20.20.1), uptime 00:05:12 Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 3/12 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 3/4 show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. S4820T Syntax show ip rpf Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 957
37 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 958
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 959
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. hardware_addres Enter a 48-bit hardware MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 960
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display the neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 961
IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) Guard The IPv6 RA guard provides support to perform conditional forwarding or blocking of the router advertisement messages that are received at the network device platform. This functionality analyzes and filters the RAs sent by the devices and compares the configuration information on the layer 2 device with the RA frame. Once the layer 2 device validates the content of the RA frame against the configuration, it forwards the RA to its unicast or multicast destination.
PAGE 962
Parameters Defaults host Enter the keyword host to set the device-role as host. router Enter the keyword router to set the device-role as router. None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 963
ipv6 nd ra-guard attach-policy Apply the IPv6 RA guard to a specific interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 nd ra-guard attach—policy policy-name [vlan [vlan 1, vlan 2, vlan 3.....]] policy policy- name Enter the keyword policy then the policy name. The policy-name allows a maximum of 140 characters. vlan [vlan 1, vlan Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN range. The VLAN range is from 1 to 4094. 2, vlan 3........
PAGE 964
ipv6 nd ra-guard policy Define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard policy policy-name Parameters policy policy- name Defaults Enter the keyword policy then the policy-name. The policy name allows a maximum of 140 characters. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 965
match ra Enable verifying either of the configured source IPv6 address or prefix address or the source MAC address in the inspected messages. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax match ra {ipv6-access-list name | ipv6-prefix-list name | mac-access-list name} To reset the access list, use the no match ra{ipv6-access-list | ipv6-prefix-list | mac-access-list}command.
PAGE 966
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ● ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
PAGE 967
Parameters Defaults value Enter the advertised reachability time in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 3,600,000 milliseconds. None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 968
router-lifetime Set the router lifetime. Syntax router—lifetime value Parameters Defaults value Enter the router lifetime in seconds. The range is from 0 to 9,000 seconds. None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 969
Related Commands ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ● ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. show config Display the RA guard policy mode configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 970
show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy Display the configurations applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. Syntax show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy policy-name Parameter policy policy- name Enter the keyword policy then the policy name. The policy name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 971
trusted-port Allow bypassing the configured RA guard validation and forwards the RA packets received on the interface, which has the trusted port policy attached. Syntax trusted-port To reset the policy applied to the trusted port, use the no trusted-port command. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
PAGE 972
38 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell Networking platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 973
Example Dell# debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients. Syntax delay {[up seconds] [down seconds]} To return to the default setting, use the no delay command.
PAGE 974
description Enter a description of a tracked object. Syntax description {text} To remove the description, use the no description {text} command. Parameters Defaults text Enter a description to identify a tracked object (80 characters maximum). None Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 975
Example Dell# show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.0/8 reachability track 2 ipv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold delay down 3 delay up 5 threshold metric up 200 track 3 ipv6 route 2050::/64 reachability track 4 interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 ip routing track 5 ip route 192.168.0.0/24 reachability vrf red track resolution ip route isis 20 track resolution ip route ospf 10 Example (Objectid) Dell# show running-config track 300 track 300 ip route 10.0.0.
PAGE 976
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. The following describes the show track command shown in the Example below. Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object.
PAGE 977
Example (Brief) Related Commands Output Description State Up or Down state of the tracked object. Last Change Time since the last change in the state of the tracked object. Dell> ResId 1 2 3 show track brief Resource Parameter State LastChange IP route reachability 10.16.0.0/16 Up 00:01:08 Interface line-protocol Ethernet0/2 Down 00:05:00 Interface ip routing VLAN100 Up 01:10:05 ● show running-config track – display configuration information about tracked objects.
PAGE 978
The resulting scaled value is compared against the configured threshold values to determine the state of a tracked route as follows: ● If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal to the UP threshold, the state of a route is UP. ● If the scaled metric for a route is greater than or equal to the DOWN threshold or the route is not entered in the routing table, the state of a route is DOWN. Configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked route with the threshold metric command.
PAGE 979
Usage Information Related Commands Use this command to create an object that tracks the routing state of an IPv4 Layer 2 interface: ● The status of the IPv4 interface is UP only if the Layer 2 status of the interface is UP and the interface has a valid IP address. ● The Layer 3 status of an IPv4 interface goes DOWN when its Layer 2 status goes down (for a Layer 3 VLAN, all VLAN ports must be down) or the IP address is removed from the routing table.
PAGE 980
track ip route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. Syntax track object-id ip route ip-address/prefix-len metric threshold [vrf vrfname] To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters Defaults object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32.
PAGE 981
track ip host reachability Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 host. Syntax track object-id ip host host-ip-address/prefix-len reachability [vrf vrfname] To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters Defaults object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32.
PAGE 982
Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the reachability of an IPv4 route. In order for a route’s reachability to be tracked, the route must appear as an entry in the routing table. A tracked IPv4 route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv4 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 10.0.0.0/24 does not match the routing table entry 10.0.0.0/8.
PAGE 983
● For ISIS, you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1000, where the default is 10. ● For OSPF, you can set the resolution in the range 1 to 1592, where the default is 1. ● The resolution value used to map static routes is not configurable. By default, Dell Networking OS assigns a metric of 0 to static routes. ● The resolution value used to map RIP routes is not configurable. The RIP hop-count is automatically multiplied by 16 to scale it.
PAGE 984
Output Description IPv6 route ipv6- address object is Up/ Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability or metric threshold of an IP route. number changes, Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time last change time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds. Example First hop interface Displays the type and slot/port number of the first-hop interface of the tracked route.
PAGE 985
track interface ipv6 routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface. Syntax track object-id interface interface ipv6 routing To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 986
ipv6-address/ prefix-len Defaults Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 987
ipv6-address/ prefix-len Defaults Enter an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. The valid IPv6 prefix lengths are from /0 to / 128. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 988
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to configure the protocol-specific resolution value that converts the actual metric of an IPv6 route in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255.
PAGE 989
39 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an interior gateway protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
PAGE 990
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
PAGE 991
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 992
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. Related Commands ● area stub — create a stub area.
PAGE 993
Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure all routers and access servers within a stub, use this command. Related Commands ● router ospf — enter ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method.
PAGE 994
clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables. S4820T Syntax clear ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] [process] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear all OSPF routing tables corresponding to that VRF. process (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword process to reset the OSPF process.
PAGE 995
statistics Enter the keyword statistics to clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. interface name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 996
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. bfd (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bfd to debug only OSPF BFD information. event (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword event to debug only OSPF event information. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to debug only OSPF packet information.
PAGE 997
Field Description chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured. One of the following is listed: ● 0 - no authentication configured ● 1 - simple authentication configured using the ip ospf authenticationkey command ● 2 - MD5 authentication configured using the ip ospf message-digestkey command auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used.
PAGE 998
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. value metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
PAGE 999
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1000
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● show ip ospf asbr — display the VLAN configuration. distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address.
PAGE 1001
distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. S4820T Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 1002
distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. S4820T Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
PAGE 1003
distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. S4820T Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed.
PAGE 1004
Usage Information The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes. enable inverse-mask By default, Dell Networking Operating System (OS) allows you to input the OSPF network command with a net-mask. This command provides a choice between inverse-mask or net-mask (the default).
PAGE 1005
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on all platforms. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place.
PAGE 1006
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The Helper mode is enabled by default on the device. To enable the restart mode also on the device, you must configure the grace period using this command.
PAGE 1007
graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode. S4820T Syntax graceful-restart mode [planned-only | unplanned-only] To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters Defaults planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only.
PAGE 1008
Defaults By default, OSPF routers are both helper and restart routers during a graceful restart. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1009
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. S4820T Syntax ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters Defaults encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key.
PAGE 1010
ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. S4820T Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters Defaults cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1011
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds. 40 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1012
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network.
PAGE 1013
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused. To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled.
PAGE 1014
ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. S4820T Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters Defaults broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keywords point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-to-point network. Broadcast. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1015
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1016
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions. ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed.
PAGE 1017
log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set Dell Networking OS. S4820T Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1018
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1019
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area.
PAGE 1020
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the keyword default. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1021
redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process. S4820T Syntax redistribute {connected | isis | ospf | rip | static} [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | isis | rip | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1022
Usage Information Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Despite removing an OSPF process globally, the OSPF process is not completely removed from the BGP configuration. Related Commands ● default-information originate — generate a default route into the OSPF routing domain. redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance.
PAGE 1023
Version Description 7.8.1.3 Added Route Map for BGP Redistribution to OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the keyword default. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance.
PAGE 1024
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. S4820T Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command.
PAGE 1025
Example Dell(conf)# router ospf 100 Dell(conf-router_ospf)#router-id 1.1.1.1 Changing router-id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency [y/n]: Dell(conf-router_ospf)#show config ! router ospf 100 router-id 1.1.1.1 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# no router-id Changing router-id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency [y/n]: Dell# router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode.
PAGE 1026
After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system. Example Dell(conf)# router ospf 2 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1027
vrf vrf name Show only the OSPF information tied to the VRF process. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.
PAGE 1028
SPF schedule delay 5 secs, Hold time between two SPFs 10 secs Convergence Level 0 Min LSA origination 0 msec, Min LSA arrival 1000 msec Min LSA hold time 5000 msec, Max LSA wait time 5000 msec Number of area in this router is 1, normal 1 stub 0 nssa 0 Area BACKBONE (0) Number of interface in this area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 205 times Area ranges are Dell# Related Commands ● show ip ospf database — display information about the OSPF routes configured.
PAGE 1029
Usage Information To isolate problems with external routes, use this command. In OSPF, external routes are calculated by adding the LSA cost to the cost of reaching the ASBR router. If an external route does not have the correct cost, use this command to determine if the path to the originating router is correct. The display output is not sorted in any order. NOTE: ASBRs that are not in directly connected areas are also displayed.
PAGE 1030
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database command shown in the following example. Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Age Displays the link state age. Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements.
PAGE 1031
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view display information about AS boundary LSAs corresponding to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1032
Example Field Description Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Dell# show ip ospf 100 database asbr-summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.
PAGE 1033
● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1034
Example Field Description Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. Metrics Type Displays the external type. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router. If the forwarding address is 0.0.0.0, data traffic is forwarded to the originating router.
PAGE 1035
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view the network LSA information corresponding to an OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1036
Example Field Description Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. Checksum Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Network Mask Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Attached Router Identifies the IP address of routers attached to the network. Dell# show ip ospf 1 data network OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.
PAGE 1037
link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: ● the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs ● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 1038
● the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs ● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1039
Example Item Description Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID). Dell> show ip ospf 1 database opaque-area OSPF Router with ID (3.3.3.3) (Process ID 1) Type-10 Opaque Link Area (Area 0) LS age: 1133 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.1 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.
PAGE 1040
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information.
PAGE 1041
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● show ip ospf database — display OSPF database information.
PAGE 1042
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.20 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age.
PAGE 1043
Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.
PAGE 1044
● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router then the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1045
Example Item Description Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. TOS Displays the TOS options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metrics. Dell# show ip ospf 100 database summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Network (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1551 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.
PAGE 1046
interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1047
Item Description Timer intervals... This line displays the interface’s timer settings for Hello interval, Dead interval, Transmit Delay (Wait), and Retransmit Interval. Example Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface. Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor.
PAGE 1048
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1049
vrf vrf-name Defaults Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show the OSPF RIB information corresponding to the OSPF processes that are tied to a specific VRF. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1050
show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics. S4820T Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] statistics global | [interface name {neighbor router-id}] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display statistics corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1051
Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Displays the total number of packets the OSPF process receives/transmits. Error Displays the error count while receiving and transmitting packets by the OSPF process. Hello Number of OSPF Hello packets. DDiscr Number of database description packets. LSReq Number of link state request packets. LSUpd Number of link state update packets.
PAGE 1052
Example Dell# show ip ospf 1 statistics global OSPF Packet Count Total Error Hello DDiscr LSReq LSUpd LSAck RX 10 0 8 2 0 0 0 TX 10 0 10 0 0 0 0 OSPF Global Queue Length TxQ-Len RxQ-Len Hello-Q 0 0 LSR-Q 0 0 Other-Q 0 0 Tx-Mark 0 0 0 Rx-Mark 2 0 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Err Version No-Buffer Q-OverFlow 0 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Err AreaMis Seq-No Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Org 0 Nbr-State 0 Chksum 0 Conf-Issues 0 Socket 0 Error packets (Only for TX) Socket Erro
PAGE 1053
show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] timers rate-limit process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view LSAs corresponding to a specific VRF that are currently in queue waiting for timers to expire.
PAGE 1054
vrf vrf-name Defaults Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to information on routers corresponding to a specific VRF that are in directly connected areas. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 1055
tag tag-value Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a value to match on routes redistributed through a route map. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1056
Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1057
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1058
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. OSPFv3 Commands Open shortest path first version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the S4820T platform. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged. However, OSPFv3 runs on a per-link basis instead of on a per-IP-subnet basis. Most changes were necessary to handle the increased address size of IPv6.
PAGE 1059
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 area, you must first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link. An SPI number must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
PAGE 1060
key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Defaults Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1061
Parameters Defaults ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. 100 megabits per second. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1062
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug ipv6 ospf bfd Display debug information and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) on OSPF IPv6 packets. S4820T Syntax [no] debug ipv6 ospf bfd [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1063
00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Enabling BFD on interface Te 1/2 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Interface mode BFD configuration on Te 1/2!! 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Ospf3_register_bfd ospf key 27648 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 Interface Te 1/2 IfIndex 34145282 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: BFD parameters interval 100 min_rx 100 mult 3 role active 00:59:27 : OSPFv3
PAGE 1064
Example Command Fields Dell# debug ipv6 ospf packet OSPFv3 packet related debugging is on for all interfaces 05:21:01 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Inst:0, on Po 255 05:21:03 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.255, Area ID:0, Chksum:a177, Inst:0, from Vl 100 05:20:25 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:4(LS Update), Len:580, Router ID:223.255.255.
PAGE 1065
route-map map- name Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1066
Usage Information By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. To enable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter the ipv6 router ospf command to enter OSPFv3 configuration mode and then configure a grace period using the graceful-restart grace-period command.
PAGE 1067
ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface. S4820T Syntax ipv6 ospf process id areaarea id To disable OSPFv6 routing for an interface, use the no ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id command. Parameters Defaults process-id Enter the process identification number. area area-id Specify the OSPF area. The range is from 0 to 65535. None Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1068
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1069
role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: ● Active — active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. ● Passive — passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1070
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. In general, the path cost is calculated as: 10^8 / bandwidth Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: ● ● ● ● GigabitEthernet — Default cost is 1 TenGigabitEthernet — Default cost is 1 FortygigEthernet — Default cost is 1 Ethernet — Default cost is 10 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router.
PAGE 1071
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1072
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
PAGE 1073
ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. S4820T Syntax ipv6 ospf hello—interval seconds To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1074
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router.
PAGE 1075
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. S4820T Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1076
Defaults Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1077
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: ● 1 for a type 1 external route ● 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map map- name tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3.
PAGE 1078
ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1079
When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Related Commands Example show crypto ipsec sa ipv6– displays the IPsec security associations used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 1080
Field Description Inbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links. and Outbound AH Key show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 1081
inbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hma
PAGE 1082
show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs). S4820T Syntax show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary | grace-lsa] Parameters Defaults process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1083
Length : 36 Associated Interface : Te 1/3 Restart Interval : 180 Restart Reason : Switch to Redundant Processor Example (databasesummary) Dell# show ipv6 ospf 3 database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
PAGE 1084
Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1085
show ipv6 ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbor information on a per-interface basis. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] neighbor [interface] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display OSPF neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1086
timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. S4820T Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters Defaults delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10 seconds.
PAGE 1087
40 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1088
Related Commands Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ip redirect-list – enable an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. S4820T Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command.
PAGE 1089
ip redirect-list Configure a redirect list and enter REDIRECT-LIST mode. S4820T Syntax ip redirect-list redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list, use the no ip redirect-list command. Parameters Defaults redirect-listname Enter the name of a redirect list. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1090
● ● ● ● source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then he IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 1091
redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list. S4820T Syntax redirect {ip-address | slot/port} | tunnel tunnel-id}[track ] {ipprotocol-number | protocol-type [bit]} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator] To remove this filter, use one of the following: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 1092
● ● ● ● Defaults neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for theport command parameter.) None Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1093
ip-protocolnumber Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. protocol-type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type: ● ● ● ● icmp for internet control message protocol ip for any internet protocol tcp for transmission control protocol udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x).
PAGE 1094
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content. S4820T Syntax show cam pbr {interface interface | stack—unit slot-number port-set number [pipeline number]} [summary] Parameters interface interface stack–unit number Defaults Enter the keyword interface then the name of the interface. Enter the keyword stack-unit then the slot number.
PAGE 1095
show ip redirect-list View the redirect list configuration and the interfaces it is applied to. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip redirect-list redirect-list-name redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured Redirect list. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1096
41 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. The following describes the IPv4 PIM-SIM commands. Topics: • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1097
Usage Information This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node. Any stale information corresponding to the existing mapping configuration is updated. The existing BSR cache and the *,G's are deleted only if these entries are stale. clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database.
PAGE 1098
debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages. S4820T Syntax debug ip pim [vrf vrf-name] [bsr | events | group | packet [in | out] | register | state | timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register]] To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim [vrf vrf-name] command or use the undebug all to disable all debugging command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1099
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface. Syntax ip pim bsr-border To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1100
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults hash-masklength (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length. The range is from zero (0) to 32. The default is 30.
PAGE 1101
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series on port-channels and the S-Series. The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router.
PAGE 1102
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf)# ip access-list extended iptv-channels Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 10.1.2.3/24 225.1.1.0/24 Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip any 232.1.1.0/24 Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 100.1.1.
PAGE 1103
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. S4820T Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] neighbor-filter {accesslist} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to prevent that VRF from participating in PIM. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to default VRF.
PAGE 1104
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1105
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list.
PAGE 1106
Usage Information Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. The RP is chosen based on a longer prefix match for a group. The RP selection does not depend on dynamic or static RP assignments.
PAGE 1107
ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface. Syntax ip pim sparse-mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP, use the no ip pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1108
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Removed the acl-access-list parameter. Modified the max value of S, G entry second range from 86400 to 65535.
PAGE 1109
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS supports standard access lists for the SSM range.
PAGE 1110
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is applicable to last hop routers on the shared tree towards the rendezvous point (RP).
PAGE 1111
show ip pim bsr-router View information on the Bootstrap router. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] bsr-router vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1112
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on this VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1113
show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] neighbor vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1114
Example Dell# show ip pim neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver Address 127.87.3.4 Te 1/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 Dell# DR Prio/Mode 1 / S show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. S4820T Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp [mapping | group-address] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF.
PAGE 1115
Example (Mapping) Example (Address) Dell# show ip pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4, Static RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Dell# show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 Dell# show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping.
PAGE 1116
Vlan 2 Dell# v2 3 1 165.87.32.2 show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping. Syntax show ip pim snooping neighbor [vlan vlan-id] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1117
165.87.32.10 165.87.32.12 Vl 2 [Te 1/11 ] 00:00:46/00:01:29 Vl 2 [Te 2/20 ] 00:00:51/00:01:24 v2 v2 0 0 show ip pim snooping tib Display information from the tree information base (TIB) PIM-SM snooping discovered about multicast group members and states. Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping tib [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1118
Example Field Description Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/source.
PAGE 1119
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1120
Example Version Description 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on E-Series. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1121
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1122
PIM Multicast Routing Table Flags: D - Dense, S - Sparse, C - Connected, L - Local, P - Pruned, R - RP-bit set, F - Register flag, T - SPT-bit set, J - Join SPT, M - MSDP created entry, A - Candidate for MSDP Advertisement K - Ack-Pending State Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, next-Hop, State/Mode (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:40:16, expires 00:00:00, RP 20.40.4.4, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.
PAGE 1123
42 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember ● Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). ● The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1124
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● monitor session — enables a monitoring session.
PAGE 1125
Usage Information Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Introduced the set ip dscp and set ip ttl parameters. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the MXL. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1126
Related Commands ● monitor session — enable a monitoring session. ● show monitor session — display the monitor session. show config Display the current monitor session configuration. Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON.
PAGE 1127
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for the RPM / ERPM. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.
PAGE 1128
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1129
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1130
43 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking OS is supported on the S4820T platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands.
PAGE 1131
ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. S4820T Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1132
Parameters Defaults community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN. isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN. primary Enter the keyword primary to configure the VLAN as a primary VLAN. none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1133
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1134
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1135
44 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking OS implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the S4820T platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1136
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.1 Introduced. ● protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. S4820T Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History Related Commands 1136 This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1137
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. S4820T Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1138
protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1139
show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
PAGE 1140
Usage Information Example (Brief) The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples. Field Description Interface Name PVST interface. Instance PVST instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1141
Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU sent 1578, received 0 The port is in the Edge port mode Port 147 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/17) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.147 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1142
spanning-tree pvst Configure a PVST+ interface with one of these settings: edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port disablement if an error condition occurs, port priority or cost for a VLAN range, loop guard, or root guard.
PAGE 1143
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced.
PAGE 1144
spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. S4820T Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1145
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+.
PAGE 1146
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. ● vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the Forwarding state. ● vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. ● vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. ● show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1147
● vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. ● vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. ● show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs. S4820T Syntax vlan vlan-range hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no vlan hello-time command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1148
vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge. S4820T Syntax vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information.
PAGE 1149
45 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking OS commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking products. S4820T platform. Topics: • • • • Global Configuration Commands Per-Port QoS Commands Policy-Based QoS Commands DSCP Color Map Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1150
Usage Information By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives.
PAGE 1151
Usage Information The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value. You cannot assign the dot1p-priority command to individual interfaces in a port channel.
PAGE 1152
Usage Information NOTE: Per Port rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic. Per VLAN rate police is supported on only tagged ports with Layer 2 switched traffic. S-Series On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface. rate-shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface.
PAGE 1153
Related Commands ● rate-shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 queue | dot1p1 queue | dot1p2 queue | dot1p3 queue | dot1p4 queue| dot1p5 queue | dot1p6 queue | dot1p7 queue} queue Enter a value from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1154
dot1p Queue ID 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 Command Modes ● INTERFACE ● CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.
PAGE 1155
strict-priority queue Configure a unicast queue as a strict-priority (SP) queue. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults strict-priority queue unicast number unicast number Enter the keyword unicast then the queue number. The range is from 1 to 3. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.
PAGE 1156
Parameters Defaults percentage Enter the percentage assignment of bandwidth to the class/queue. The range is from 1 to 100% (granularity 1%). none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1157
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1158
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.18.
PAGE 1159
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 7.7.1.0 Introduced. ● ● ● ● ● policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. qos-policy-input — creates an input QoS-policy on the router. qos-policy-output — creates an output QoS-policy on the router. wred-profile — creates a WRED profile.
PAGE 1160
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series; added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1161
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast ; added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series; added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1162
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast .
PAGE 1163
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command.
PAGE 1164
Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Related Commands ● class-map — identifies the class map. match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. S4820T Syntax match mac vlan number Parameters Defaults number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1165
Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1166
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1167
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map.
PAGE 1168
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Use this command to specify the name of the input QoS policy. Once input policy is specified, rate-police can be defined. This command enables the qos-policy-input configuration mode— (conf-qos-policy-in).
PAGE 1169
Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the output QoS policy. Once output policy is specified, rateshape, scheduler strict, bandwidth-percentage, and WRED can be defined. This command enables the qos-policy-output configuration mode—(conf-qos-policy-out). Related Commands ● bandwidth-percentage — assigns percentage of bandwidth to the class/queue. ● wred — assigns yellow or green drop precedence.
PAGE 1170
● If the percentage of multicast bandwidth is 0, control traffic going through multicast queues are dropped. ● The no form of the command without multicast-bandwidth and wred-profile, removes both the wred-profile and multicast-bandwidth configuration. ● On 10-Gigabit ports only, the multicast bandwidth option works only if the total unicast bandwidth is more than the multicast bandwidth.
PAGE 1171
rate-police Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults rate-police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burstKB]] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). committed-rate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000.
PAGE 1172
rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy. S4820T Syntax rate-shape [kbps | pps] peak-rate [burst-kbps | burst-packets] commited [kbps | pps] commited-rate [burst-kbps | burst-packets] Parameters Defaults pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the rate limit in packets per second (pps). kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000.
PAGE 1173
Related Commands ● rate shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. ● qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. service-policy input Apply an input policy map to the selected interface. S4820T Syntax service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] To remove the input policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy input policymap-name [layer2] command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum).
PAGE 1174
service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. S4820T Syntax service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy output policy-map-name command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
PAGE 1175
class-map classmap-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword class-map then the class map name assigned to the queue in character format (32 character maximum). NOTE: This option is available under policy-map-input only. qos-policy qos- policy-name Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords qos-policy then the QoS policy name assigned to the queue in text format (32 characters maximum).
PAGE 1176
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1177
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos class-map Class-map match-any CM Match ip access-group ACL Dell# Related Commands ● class-map — identifies the class map. show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch.
PAGE 1178
show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. S4820T Syntax show qos policy-map {summary [interface] | detail} Parameters 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. summary To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: interface ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1179
Policy-map-input policy Trust dffserv Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 q0 1 CM1 q1 2 CM2 q2 3 CM3 q3 Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# show qos policy-map detail Tengigabitethernet 1/1 Interface TeGigabitEthernet 4/1 Policy-map-input pmap1 Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 4/1 PM1 Te 4/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map de
PAGE 1180
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1181
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1182
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show qos qos-policy-input Qos-policy-input QosInput Rate-police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 Dell# show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details. S4820T Syntax show qos qos-policy-output [qos-policy-name] Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name.
PAGE 1183
Dell# Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics. S4820T Syntax Parameters show qos statistics {egress—queue [interface]} | {wred-profile [interface]} | [interface] egress-queue interface Enter the keyword egress-queue to display the egress-queue statistics and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1184
Version Description 7.7.1.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1185
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1186
Usage Information This feature allows you to determine if the CAM has enough space available before applying the configuration on an interface. An input policy map with both Trust and Class-map configuration, the Class-map rules are ignored and only the Trust rule is programmed in the CAM. In such an instance, the Estimated CAM output column contains the size of the CAM space required for the Trust rule and not the Class-map rule.
PAGE 1187
threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. S4820T Syntax threshold min number max number max-drop-drop To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360. max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360 KB.
PAGE 1188
trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. S4820T Syntax trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} Parameters Defaults diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP or dot1p value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
PAGE 1189
Table 3.
PAGE 1190
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command. If there is no honoring enabled on the input, all the traffic defaults to green drop precedence. Related Commands ● wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. ● trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP.
PAGE 1191
Related Commands ● wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. wred-profile Create a WRED profile and name the profile. S4820T Syntax wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names.
PAGE 1192
DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red.
PAGE 1193
qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map. Syntax qos dscp-color-map map-name To remove a color map, use the no qos dscp-color-map map-name command. Parameters Defaults map-name Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1194
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information If the specified color-map does not exist, the Diffserv Manager (DSM) creates a color map and sets all the DSCP values to green (low drop precedence).
PAGE 1195
Display summary information about a color policy on a specific interface. Dell# show qos dscp-color-policy summary te 1/10 Interface dscp-color-map TE 1/10 mapONE Displayed detailed color policy information on an interface. Dell# show qos dscp-color-policy detail te 1/10 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/10 Dscp-color-map mapONE yellow 4,7 red 20,30 Related Commands ● show qos dscp-color-map — displays DSCP color maps. show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces.
PAGE 1196
46 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking OS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the S4820T platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1197
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1198
debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. S4820T Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1199
default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. S4820T Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1200
To return the default metric to the original values, use the no default-metric command. Parameters Defaults number Specify a number. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1201
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● router rip — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route.
PAGE 1202
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● default-metric — assigns one distance metric to all routes learned using the redistribute command. distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. S4820T Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command.
PAGE 1203
Related Commands ● ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates. S4820T Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [interface | bgp | connected | isis | ospf | static] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
PAGE 1204
Related Commands Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. S4820T Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1205
Parameters Defaults 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1. 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1206
Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1207
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. S4820T Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths.
PAGE 1208
neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. S4820T Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1209
Parameters Defaults ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1210
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1211
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface.
PAGE 1212
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. Related Commands ● neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. ● network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances.
PAGE 1213
redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. S4820T Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metricvalue] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes.
PAGE 1214
To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external then the numbers 1 or 2 to | 2} indicated that external 1 routes or external 2 routes should be redistributed.
PAGE 1215
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.
PAGE 1216
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_rip)# show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated.
PAGE 1217
Example Field Description 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24... Lists the routes and the sources advertising those routes. Dell# show ip rip database Total number of routes in RIP database: 1624 204.250.54.0/24 [50/1] via 192.14.1.3, 00:00:12, TenGigabitEthernet 1/15 204.250.54.0/24 auto-summary 203.250.49.0/24 [50/1] via 192.13.1.3, 00:00:12, TenGigabitEthernet 1/14 203.250.
PAGE 1218
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell# show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 2/1 neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 1219
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1220
Related Commands 1220 Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ● ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1221
47 Remote Monitoring (RMON) The Dell Networking OS remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the S4820T platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1222
Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables.
PAGE 1223
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. S4820T Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
PAGE 1224
rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface. S4820T Syntax rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} [owner name] To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer owner name Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
PAGE 1225
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON event log. This option sets the eventType to either log or log-and-snmptrap in the RMON event table. The default is None. trap community (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trap followed by the SNMP community string to generate SNMP traps for an RMON event entry. This option sets the eventType to either snmptrap or log-and-snmptrap in the RMON event table. In addition to the SNMP traps, this option also generates a syslog.
PAGE 1226
delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. rising-threshold value eventnumber Enter the keywords rising-threshold then the value (64 bit) the risingthreshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the rising threshold exceeds its limit.
PAGE 1227
Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1228
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value.
PAGE 1229
Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History Example (Index) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1230
Example (Brief) Dell# show rmon event brief index description -----------------------------1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 Dell# show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. S4820T Syntax show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1231
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 2 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.4.2099844 sample interval: 10 sample type: delta value. value: 0, value status: positive alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 500, RMON event index: 3 alarm falling threshold value: positive.
PAGE 1232
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon history 6001 RMON history control entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
PAGE 1233
Usage Information Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1234
Example (Index) Example (Brief) 1234 Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1235
9002 9003 9004 Dell# 134529054 134791198 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/2 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 Remote Monitoring (RMON) 1235
PAGE 1236
48 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking OS implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanningtree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP.
PAGE 1237
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command.
PAGE 1238
Example Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/1 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 1239
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1240
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. ● max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
PAGE 1241
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters Defaults max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds.
PAGE 1242
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode.
PAGE 1243
protocol spanning-tree rstp no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 1244
Example (Brief) Dell# show spanning-tree rstp brief Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 8192, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 4, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ---------- ------- --- ------- -------------------- -------Te 4/2 128.418 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.418 Te 4/1 128.
PAGE 1245
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1246
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack.
PAGE 1247
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1248
49 Software-Defined Networking (SDN) The Dell Networking OS supports software-defined networking (SDN). For more information, see the SDN Deployment Guide.
PAGE 1249
50 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell Networking OS. For configuration details, see the Security section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Dell Networking OS implements LEAP with MSCHAP v2 supplicant. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Obscure Password Commands Authentication and Password Commands RADIUS Commands TACACS+ Commands Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1250
● For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. ● For default, the default accounting methods used. Defaults start-stop Enter the keywords start-stop to send a “start accounting” notice at the beginning of the requested event and a “stop accounting” notice at the end of the event. wait-start Enter the keywords wait-start to ensure that the TACACS+ security server acknowledges the start notice before granting the user’s process request.
PAGE 1251
aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1252
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1253
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command steps through all active sessions and then displays the accounting records for the active account functions.
PAGE 1254
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands.
PAGE 1255
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. Certain TACACS+ servers do not authenticate the device if you use the aaa authorization commands level default local tacacs+ command. To resolve the issue, use the aaa authorization commands level default tacacs+ local command.
PAGE 1256
To disable authorization checking for EXEC level commands, use the no aaa authorization exec command. Parameters Defaults name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods. local Use the authorization parameters on the system to perform authorization. tacacs+ Use the TACACS+ protocol to perform authorization. none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization.
PAGE 1257
Defaults reset Enter the keyword reset to return the security level to the default setting. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON.
PAGE 1258
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands. service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys.
PAGE 1259
Related Commands ● show running-config— Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. ● service password-encryption— Encrypts all passwords configured in the system. Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands. aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [...
PAGE 1260
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the Enable password is used. If you configure aaa authentication enable default, Dell Networking OS uses the methods defined for Enable access instead. Methods configured with the aaa authentication enable command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If authentication fails using the primary method, Dell Networking OS employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically.
PAGE 1261
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1262
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1263
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1264
Related Commands ● show running-config — views the current configuration. ● privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type.
PAGE 1265
encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Defaults Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. No password is configured. level = 15.
PAGE 1266
Parameters Defaults method-listname Enter the keywords method-list-name to specify that method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, to be applied to the designated terminal line. default Enter the keyword default to specify that the default method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, is applied to the terminal line. No authentication is performed on the console lines. Local authentication is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines.
PAGE 1267
Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. The options are ● 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. ● 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. password Defaults Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. No password is configured.
PAGE 1268
Parameters min-length number max-retry number lockout-period minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords min-length then the number of characters. The range is from 0 to 32 characters. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-retry then the number of maximum password retries. The range is from 0 to 16. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lockout-period then the number of minutes. The range is from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default is 0 minutes and the lockoutperiod is not enabled.
PAGE 1269
Example In the following example, after 5 un-successful login attempts, the session (SSH/TELNET) goes into a locked state for 5 minutes. If all the 10 sessions are locked out with 5 un-successful attempts in each session, no users can login during the lockout-period. Dell(conf)# password-attributes max-retry 5 lockout-period 5 Related Commands ● password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1270
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1271
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1272
● Console — range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). ● AUX — range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). Defaults See Parameters. Command Modes LINE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1273
● 8 to indicate that a password encrypted using a sha256 hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the sha256-password option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. ● 7 to indicate that a password encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the password option only. ● 5 to indicate that a password encrypted using an MD5 hashing algorithm follows.
PAGE 1274
RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. aaa radius group Configure the RADIUS server group that is used for Authentication, Authorization and Accounting. Syntax aaa radius group group-name To remove the RADIUS group configuration, use the no aaa radius group group-name command. Parameters Defaults group-name Enter the name of the RADIUS server group. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1275
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections.
PAGE 1276
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped.
PAGE 1277
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Dell(conf)# radius-server group group1 Dell(conf-radius-group)# radius-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-radius-group)# radius-server host 2.2.2.
PAGE 1278
● 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Configure this parameter last because leading spaces are ignored. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ● RADIUS SERVER GROUP ● CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1279
● radius-server key — sets an authentication key for RADIUS communications. ● radius-server retransmit — sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information. ● radius-server timeout — sets the time interval before the RADIUS server times out. radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. Syntax radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command.
PAGE 1280
radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. Syntax radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, use the no radius-server retransmit command. To return to the default setting, use the radius-server retransmit 3 command. Parameters Defaults retries Enter a number of attempts that the Dell OS tries to locate a RADIUS server.
PAGE 1281
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1282
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. You can use this command to associate a group of RADIUS servers with a VRF and source interface. You can configure the source interface only with the VRF attribute and source interface is optional with the VRF attributes.
PAGE 1283
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. If the TACACS group is not configured for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting, then globally configured TACACS servers are used for the purposes. When the TACACS group is removed, the AAA configuration is also removed. Dell(conf)# tacacs-server group group1 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# tacacs-server host 2.2.2.
PAGE 1284
To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1285
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. You can associate a TACACS server group with a VRF. Dell(conf)# tacacs-server group group1 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)# tacacs-server host 1.1.1.
PAGE 1286
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1287
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number.
PAGE 1288
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1289
● The 802.1X with VLAN assignment feature is not supported on trunk ports, dynamic ports, or with dynamic-access port assignment through a VLAN membership. dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1290
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ● dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enable dot1x globally. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication.
PAGE 1291
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1292
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable.
PAGE 1293
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1294
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The authenticator performs authentication only when port-control is set to auto.
PAGE 1295
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is3600 (1 hour).
PAGE 1296
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out.
PAGE 1297
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1298
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Syntax show dot1x interface interface Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1299
Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize Dell# show dot1x interface fortyGigE 1/48 802.
PAGE 1300
rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 then the key size to generate a SSHv1 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048. The default is 1024. NOTE: This option is not available in FIPS mode. Defaults Key size 1024; if you enable FIPS mode, the key size is 2048. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1301
crypto key zeroize rsa Removes the generated RSA host keys and zeroize the key storage location. Syntax crypto key zeroize rsa Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1302
Usage Information Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection. ip scp topdir Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer. Syntax ip scp topdir directory To return to the default setting, use the no ip scp topdir command. Parameters Defaults directory Enter a directory name. The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1303
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1304
Usage Information ● You can select one or more ciphers from the list. ● The default list of supported ciphers is same irrespective of whether FIPS mode is enabled or disabled. ● Client-supported cipher list gets preference over the server-supported cipher list in selecting the cipher for the SSH session. ● When the cipher (-c) option is used with the SSH CLI, it overrides the configured or default cipher list. ● When FIPS is enabled or disabled, the client ciphers get default configuration.
PAGE 1305
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1306
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange. ip ssh mac Configure the list of MAC algorithms supported on both SSH client and SCP.
PAGE 1307
Usage Information ● You can select one or more MAC algorithms from the list. ● Client-supported MAC list gets preference over the server-supported MAC list in selecting the MAC algorithm for the SSH session. ● When the MAC (-m) option is used with the SSH CLI, it overrides the configured or default MAC list. ● When FIPS is enabled or disabled, the client MACs get default configuration. ip ssh password-authentication Enable password authentication for the SSH server.
PAGE 1308
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1309
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1310
NOTE: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the switch. ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) Enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication enable To disable RSA authentication, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication enable command. Parameters Defaults enable Enter the keyword enable to enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1311
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. If you configure a VRF for an SSH session, then you need not explicitly mention the same VRF for the SSH client sessions intended for that VRF.
PAGE 1312
Usage Information Example The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Using these attributes the client session tags an error to the user during run time, in case there is a mismatch between this command and the ip ssh vrf command. Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 1/42 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh source-interface ip ssh server Configure an SSH server.
PAGE 1313
● hmac-sha2-256 When FIPS is enabled, the default HMAC algorithm is hmac-sha1-96. When FIPS is not enabled, the default HMAC algorithms are the following: ● hmac-md5 ● hmac-md5-96 ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1-96 ● hmac-sha2-256 kex keyexchangealgorithm Enter the keyword kex and then a space-delimited list of key exchange algorithms supported by the SSH server.
PAGE 1314
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced the cipher , kex and mac options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the cipher, kex and mac options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1315
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. You can enable the SSH server on either a management VRF or a user defined VRF but not both. If no VRF is specified, then the SSH server is enabled on the default VRF.
PAGE 1316
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking. You can copy the host key to your list of known hosts.
PAGE 1317
Example Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr, aes256-cbc, aes192-ctr, aes192cbc, aes128-ctr, aes128-cbc, 3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256, hmac-sha1, hmac-sha1-96, hmacmd5, hmac-md5-96.
PAGE 1318
Usage Information Example Related Commands This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/knownhosts file. Dell# show ip ssh client-pub-keys 4.8.1.2 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAu5NoTbmnLxBknaeXZmUJMupNwNUoGlo1/ yLPI5eehQTyaldRPHtGyPlcmMbCH +QJkqtyiwDPmH4njyDMYDCXY85vc55ibWsN9qalagklnh2cj2q4nYj5x8+8OOhYeFPaHiygd8U/ FXict61jWs84Co1UTsAgRzDJ9aUSS75TVac= root@dt-maa-linux-1.force10networks.
PAGE 1319
4qJAoBwtneOXfLBcHF3V2hcMIqaZN+CRCnw/ zCMlnCf0+qVTd1oofsea5r09kS0xTp0CNfHXZ3NuGCq9Ov33m9+ U9tMwhS8vy8AVxdH4x4km3c3t5Jvc= freedom@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands ● ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — configures the RSA authorized keys. ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, encryption cipher, HMAC algorithm, port number, and version of the SSH client. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
PAGE 1320
● ● ● ● ● Defaults hmac-md5: Force ssh to use hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5-96: Force ssh to use hmac-md5-96 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha1-96 : Force ssh to use hmac-sha1-96 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha2-256 : Force ssh to use hmac-sha2-256 HMAC algorithm. -p port-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -p then the port number. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22. -v {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -v then the SSH version 1 or 2.
PAGE 1321
Trying 10.16.151.48... 01:18:16: %STKUNIT0-M:CP %SEC-5-SSH_USAGE: Initiated SSH Client v2 (FIPS Disabled) to anvltest@10.16.151.48 by default from console anvltest@10.16.151.48's password: Last login: Thu Jan 5 00:17:47 2012 from login-maa-101 [anvltest@dt-maa-linux-1 ~]# exit logout Dell# Dell#ssh vrf vrf1 10.10.10.2 -l admin Secure DHCP Commands DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms.
PAGE 1322
vrf Defaults Enter the keyword vrf to include VRF related information in the Option 82. This configuration enables the relay agent to include VRF related information when it forwards the broadcasts from client to DHCP server. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1323
Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. Related Commands ● ip dhcp snooping vlan — enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1324
Related Commands ● show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes Parameters Defaults minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.
PAGE 1325
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 1326
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name Parameters Defaults name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1327
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ● clear ip dhcp snooping — clear the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1328
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. By default, access to commands are determined by the user’s role (if defined) or by the user’s privilege level. If the aaa authorization role-only command is enabled, then only the user’s role is used. Before you enable role-based only AAA authorization: 1.
PAGE 1329
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. ● userrole — creates user roles.
PAGE 1330
Dell# show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin Related Commands ● userrole — create user roles. show userroles Display information on all defined user roles.
PAGE 1331
To delete a role name, use the no userrole name command. Note that the reserved role names may not be deleted. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator). inherit existing- Enter the inherit keyword then specify the system defined role to inherit permissions from (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1332
51 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging section. This section includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell Networking OS supports L2PT on Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1333
Defaults in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1334
Example Related Command Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1335
protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON.
PAGE 1336
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1337
Example Example (Specific VLAN) Related Commands Dell# show protocol-tunnel System Rate-Limit: 75 frames/second VLAN Protocols Interface 1000 STP,PVST Te 5/7,Te 5/6 1001 LLDP,GVRP Te 5/7,Te 5/6 1002 MMRP,MVRP Te 5/7,Te 5/6 1003 LACP,DOT1X Te 5/7,Te 5/6 1004 OAM,PAUSE Te 5/7,Te 5/6 1005 E-LMI Te 5/7,Te 5/6 Dell# show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Te1/2 2 STP, PVST Dell# ● show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1338
52 sFlow The Dell Networking OS supports sFlow commands. The Dell Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1339
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1340
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both. The sFlow agent address is carried in a field in SFlow packets and is used by the collector to identify the sFlow agent.
PAGE 1341
Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default. In addition to this command, sFlow needs to be enable on individual interfaces where sFlow sampling is desired. Related Commands ● sflow enable (Interface) — enable sFlow on interfaces. sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1342
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1343
sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters Defaults interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1344
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1345
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate.
PAGE 1346
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface. By default, the sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate. If the value entered is not a correct power of 2, the command generates an error message with the previous and next power-of-2 value. Select one of these two number and re-enter the command.
PAGE 1347
Usage Information Example The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the following example always displays a value of zero. Dell#show sflow sFlow services are enabled Egress Management Interface sFlow services are disabled Global default sampling rate: 32768 Global default counter polling interval: 20 Global default extended maximum header size: 128 bytes Global extended information enabled: none 1 collectors configured Collector IP addr: 100.1.1.1, Agent IP addr: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1348
53 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This section contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1349
Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1350
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell# show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.
PAGE 1351
Usage Information Example Related Commands The following Example displays a group named ngroup. The ngroup has a security model of version 3 (v3) with authentication (auth), the read and notify name is nview with no write view name specified, and finally the row status is active.
PAGE 1352
snmp ifmib ifalias long Display the entire description string through the Interface MIB, which would be truncated otherwise to 63 characters. Syntax snmp ifmib ifalias long Defaults Interface description truncated beyond 63 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1353
security-name name] | access-list-name [ipv6 ipv6-access-list-name | access-list-name | security-name name]]] To remove access to a community, use the no snmp-server community community-string {ro | rw} [security-name name [access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name]] command. Parameters community-name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) to act as a password for SNMP. ro Enter the keyword ro to specify read-only permission.
PAGE 1354
The command options ipv6, security-name, and access-list-name are recursive. In other words, each option can, in turn, accept any of the three options as a sub-option, and each of those sub-options can accept any of the three sub-options as a sub-option, and so forth. The second Example shows the creation of a standard IPv4 ACL called snmp-ro-acl and then assigning it to the SNMP community guest. NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP; TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP.
PAGE 1355
Version Description E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] command. Parameters notification-type Enter the type of notification from the following list: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● notificationoption bgp — Notification of changes in the BGP process.
PAGE 1356
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Added the following two SNMP notification options: syslog-reachable and syslog-unreachable. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Added support for copy-config and ECMP traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1357
udp-port port- number engineID Defaults Enter the keywords udp-port followed by the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1358
Parameters group_name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. The following groups are created for mapping to read/write community/security-names (defaults): ● v1v2creadg — maps to a community/security-name with ro permissions. ● 1v2cwriteg — maps to a community/security-name rw permissions. 1 | 2c | 3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the security model version number (1, 2c, or 3): ● 1 is the least secure version. ● 3 is the most secure of the security modes.
PAGE 1359
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups.
PAGE 1360
auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. communitystring Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the SNMP community. NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community.
PAGE 1361
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To configure the router to send SNMP notifications, enter at least one snmp-server host command.
PAGE 1362
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1363
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1364
Related Commands ● snmp-server community — sets the community string. snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
PAGE 1365
des56 | aes128 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword des56 or aes128 to specify the encryption mode. ● aes128 — Use 128 bit AES algorithm in CFB mode for encryption. ● des56 — Use 56 bit DES algorithm in CBC mode for encryption. priv password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent. Minimum: eight characters long.
PAGE 1366
Example Usage Information Example Usage Information Example Related Commands Dell# snmp-server user privuser v3group v3 encrypted auth md5 9fc53d9d908118b2804fe80e3ba8763d priv des56 d0452401a8c3ce42804fe80e3ba8763d The following command is an example of how to enter a plain-text password as the string authpasswd for user authuser of group v3group.
PAGE 1367
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.
PAGE 1368
Usage Information Use this command to bind an SNMP agent to a VRF. The SNMP agent processes the requests from the interfaces that belong to the specified VRF. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Related Commands ● show snmp user — display the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server view Configure an SNMPv3 view.
PAGE 1369
snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1370
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1371
default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer. Syntax default logging buffered Defaults size = 40960; level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1372
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands ● logging console — set the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1373
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1374
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1375
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1376
Usage Information This command is available with or without RBAC enabled. When RBAC is enabled you can restrict access to audit and security logs based on the CLI sessions’ user roles. If extended logging is disabled, you can only view system events, regardless of RBAC user role. When you enabled RBAC and extended logging: ● Only the system administrator role can execute this command. ● The system administrator and system security administrator roles can view security events and system events.
PAGE 1377
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands ● clear logging — clears the logging buffer. ● default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. ● show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
PAGE 1378
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands ● logging — enables logging to a Syslog server ● logging on — enables logging.
PAGE 1379
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands ● show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the Dell Networking logging history table.
PAGE 1380
logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. Syntax logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command. Parameters Defaults level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1381
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1382
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1383
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1384
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5.
PAGE 1385
show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch. Syntax Parameters show logging [number | history [reverse][number] | reverse [number] | summary] number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535. history (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword history to view only information in the Syslog history table.
PAGE 1386
Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 1.1.10.
PAGE 1387
Parameters defaults stack-unit stack- Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the stack member ID of the switch unit-number for which you want to display the driver log. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1388
terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Disabled. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON.
PAGE 1389
54 SNMP Traps This section lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 4. SNMP Trap List Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1390
Table 4.
PAGE 1391
Table 4.
PAGE 1392
Table 4.
PAGE 1393
Table 4.
PAGE 1394
Table 4.
PAGE 1395
55 Stacking All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking OS. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units. For information about using the S-Series stacking feature, see the Stacking S-Series Switches section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. CAUTION: You cannot enable stacking simultaneously with virtual link trunking (VLT).
PAGE 1396
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the members option. Usage Information Enabling this command keeps the failed switch in the Failed state. The switch does not reboot until it is manually rebooted.
PAGE 1397
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.
PAGE 1398
---------------------------------------------------0 Management online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 1 Standby online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 2 Member online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 3 Member online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 4 Member online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 5 Member online S4810 S4810 8-3-12-1 64 6 Member not present 7 Member not present 8 Member not present 9 Member not present 10 Member not present 11 Member not present Related Commands ● reload – reboots Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1399
-- Stack-unit Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Primary Stack-unit: mgmt-id 0 Auto Data Sync: Full Failover Type: Hot Failover Auto reboot Stack-unit: Disabled Auto failover limit: 3 times in 60 minutes -- Stack-unit Failover Record ------------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover Reason: None Last failover type: None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: -----------------------------------------------stack-unit Co
PAGE 1400
Example Field Description Interface The unit/port ID of the connected stack port on this unit. Link Speed Link Speed of the stack port (10 or 40) in Gb/s. Admin Status The only currently listed status is Up. Connection The stack port ID to which this unit’s stack port is connected.
PAGE 1401
2/51 2/52 Dell# Related Commands 1/50 ● reset stack-unit – resets the designated stack member. ● show hardware stack-unit – displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. ● show system (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the current status of all stack members or a specific member. stack-unit priority Configure the ability of a switch to become the management unit of a stack.
PAGE 1402
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1403
NOTE: Any scripts used to streamline the stacking configuration process must be updated to reflect the Command Mode change from EXEC Privilege to CONFIGURATION to allow the scripts to work correctly. upgrade system stack-unit Copy the boot image or Dell Networking OS from the management unit to one or more stack members.
PAGE 1404
56 Storm Control The Dell Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember ● Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1405
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. Syntax Parameters show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1406
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1407
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1408
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMUX (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1409
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control PFC/LLFC Shut down the port if it receives the PFC/LLFC frames more than the configured rate. Syntax Parameters Defaults storm-control pfc-llfc [pps]in shutdown pfc-llfc in Enter the keyword pfc-llfc to get the flow control traffic.
PAGE 1410
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMUX (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series.
PAGE 1411
storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] To disable storm control for unknown-unicast traffic, use the no storm-control unknownunicast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters Defaults packets_per_sec ond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1412
● 0% blocks all related traffic. ● 100% allows all traffic into the interface. The decimal range is from 0.1 to 0.9. Defaults wred-profile name E-Series Only: (Optionally) Enter the keywords wred-profile followed by the profile name to designate a wred-profile. packets_per_sec ond in C-Series and S-Series Only: Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554431.
PAGE 1413
57 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this section configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bridge-priority bpdu-destination-mac-address debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree.
PAGE 1414
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Syntax bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group Parameters Defaults xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs.
PAGE 1415
config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events. general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1416
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced ● protocol spanning-tree — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch.
PAGE 1417
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning STP to the Forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1418
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1419
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ● forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. ● hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree stp-id To disable the Spanning Tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree stp-id command.
PAGE 1420
show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display. Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1421
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to display configuration information on the spanning tree group root. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to only the number of ports in the spanning tree group and their state.
PAGE 1422
Field Description “Times” List the number of seconds since the last: ● ● ● ● Example hello time topology change notification aging “Port 1...” Displays the Interface type slot/port information and the status of the interface (Disabled or Enabled). “Port path...” Displays the path cost, priority, and identifier for the interface. “Designated root...” Displays the priority and MAC address of the root bridge of the STG that the interface belongs. “Designated port...
PAGE 1423
Address 0001.e800.0a56 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID -------------- ------ ---- ---- --- ----- -----------------Te 1/1 8.26 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.26 Te 1/2 8.27 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.27 Te 1/3 8.28 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.
PAGE 1424
[shutdown-onviol ation]] Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. Enter the optional keyword shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Defaults Enter keyword priority then a number as the priority. The range is from zero (0) to 15. The default is 8.
PAGE 1425
● If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. To display the type of STP guard (Portfast BPDU, root, or loop guard) enabled on a port, enter the show spanning-tree 0 command.
PAGE 1426
58 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
PAGE 1427
● Even before you accept or reject the EULA, the configuration data is sent to the default centrally deployed SupportAssist Server. If you reject the EULA, the configuration data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. ● If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled. Example Dell(conf)# eula-consent support-assist accept I accept the terms of the license agreement.
PAGE 1428
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information If you reject the EULA, the data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. Related Commands ● eula-consent — accept or reject the EULA. support-assist activate Enable the SupportAssist service.
PAGE 1429
activity Move to the SupportAssist Activity mode for an activity. Allow the user to configure customized details for a specific activity. Syntax activity {activity-name} To remove all customized detail for a specific activity, use the no activity {activity-name} command. Parameters activity-name Enter one of the following keywords: ● Enter the keywords full-transfer to specify transfer of configuration, inventory, logs, and other information.
PAGE 1430
contact-person Configure the contact name for an individual. Syntax contact-person [first ] last To remove the contact person and all their details, use the no contact-person [first ] last command. Parameters first-name (Optional) Enter the first name for the contact person. This is optional provided each contact person name is unique. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. last-name Enter the last name for the contact person.
PAGE 1431
server Configure the name of the remote SupportAssist Server and move to SupportAssist Server mode. Syntax server {default | server-name} To delete a server, use the no server server-name command. Parameters Defaults default Enter the keyword default for the default server. server-name Enter the name of the remote SupportAssist Server. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. Default server has URL stor.g3.ph.dell.
PAGE 1432
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information The remote file specification includes the protocol that is used to copy the file from the remote system. Related Commands ● action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity. ● action-manifest show — view the list of action-manifest for a specific activity.
PAGE 1433
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information To revert to the default action-manifest file, use the action-manifest install command.
PAGE 1434
Related Commands ● activity — move user to the SupportAssist Activity mode for that activity. SupportAssist Company Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Company mode commands. address Configure the address information for the company.
PAGE 1435
street-address Configure the street address information for the company. Syntax street-address {address1} [address2]…[address8] To remove the street address, use the no street-address command. Parameters address1 Enter the street address for the company. address2..addres (OPTIONAL) Enter the street address of the company site. Up to 8 fields are s8 allowed. Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST COMPANY Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1436
email-address Configure the email addresses to reach the contact person. Syntax email-address primary email-address [alternate email-address] To remove an email address, use either the no email-address primary or no email-address alternate commands. Parameters primary email- address alternate emailaddress Enter the keyword primary then the primary email address for the person. Enter the keyword alternate then the alternate email address for the person.
PAGE 1437
preferred-method Configure the preferred method for contacting the person. Syntax Parameters Defaults preferred-method {email | no-contact | phone] email Enter the keyword email to specify email as preferred method. no-contact Enter the keywords no-contact to specify that there is no preferred method. phone Enter the keyword phone to specify phone as preferred method. no-contact Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST PERSON Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1438
proxy-ip-address Configure a proxy for reaching the SupportAssist remote server. Syntax proxy-ip-address {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} port port-number [ username userid password [encryption-type] password ] To remove the proxy, use the no proxy-ip-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the proxy server in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the proxy server in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 1439
Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. ● server — configure the name of the remote SupportAssist server. url Configure the URL to reach the SupportAssist remote server. Syntax url uniform-resource-locator To delete the URL for the server, use the no url command.
PAGE 1440
Example Dell# show eula-consent SupportAssist EULA has been: Accepted Additional information about the SupportAssist EULA is as follows: By installing SupportAssist, you allow Dell to save your contact information (e.g. name, phone number and/or email address) which would be used to provide technical support for your Dell products and services. Dell may use the information for providing recommendations to improve your IT infrastructure.
PAGE 1441
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1442
full-transfer Failure Dell# Dell# show support-assist status SupportAssist Service: Installed EULA: Accepted Server: default Enabled: Yes URL: https://stor.g3.ph.dell.com Service status: Enabled Server: chennai Enabled: Yes URL: http://10.16.148.
PAGE 1443
59 System Time and Date The commands in this section configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, see “Network Time Protocol” of the Management section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1444
Defaults end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes.
PAGE 1445
● last: Enter this keyword to start daylight saving time in the last week of the month. start-day Enter the name of the day that you want daylight saving time to begin. Use English three letter abbreviations; for example, Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. start-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm.
PAGE 1446
● clock summer-time date — sets a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight saving time on a one-time basis. ● show clock — displays the current clock settings. clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces.
PAGE 1447
To disable debugging of NTP transactions, use the no debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} command. Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments. all Enter the keyword all to display information on all NTP transactions. authentication Enter the keyword authentication to display information on NTP authentication transactions. events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events.
PAGE 1448
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1449
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. After configuring the ntp authentication-key command, configure the ntp trusted-key command to complete NTP authentication. Dell Networking OS versions 8.2.1.
PAGE 1450
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1451
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 multicast addresses. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp master Configure the switch as NTP Server.
PAGE 1452
Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3038–ON, S4048-ON, S3100 Series, S4810P, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9500, and Z9100–ON. The ntp offset-threshold command does not time synchronization. Dell(config)# ntp offset-threshold 4 ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host.
PAGE 1453
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure multiple time-serving hosts. From these time-serving hosts, the Dell Networking OS chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize. To determine which server is selected, use the show ntp associations command. Because many polls to NTP hosts can affect network performance, Dell Networking recommends limiting the number of hosts configured.
PAGE 1454
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp trusted-key Set a key to authenticate the system to which NTP synchronizes. Syntax ntp trusted-key number To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the trusted key ID. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1455
Command History Example Example (Detail) Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1456
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below.
PAGE 1457
Command Modes EXECEXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1458
Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp. “clock offset is...” Displays the system offset to the synchronized peer and the time delay on the path to the NTP root clock. “root dispersion is...
PAGE 1459
60 u-Boot All commands in this section are in u-Boot and are supported on the Dell Networking S4810 and 4820T platforms only. To access this mode, press any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot. Hit any key to stop autoboot: Enter u-Boot immediately, as the => prompt indicates. NOTE: This section describes only a few commands available in u-Boot.
PAGE 1460
ethact=eTSEC1 ethaddr=00:01:E8:82:09:B2 serverip=10.11.9.4 primary_boot=f10boot tftp://10.11.9.2/si-S4810-40g secondary_boot=f10boot flash0 default_boot=f10boot tftp://192.168.128.1/FTOS-SC-1.2.0.0E3.bin gatewayip=10.11.192.254 ipaddr=10.11.198.114 netmask=255.255.0.0 mgmtautoneg=true mgmtspeed100=true mgmtfullduplex=true stdin=serial stdout=serial stderr=serial Environment size: 1002/8188 bytes => Usage Information ● ethaddr=00:01:E8:82:09:B2 is the MAC address. ● primary_boot=f10boot tftp://10.11.9.
PAGE 1461
Version 8.3.7.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4810. Save your changes before resetting the system or all your changes will be lost. setenv Configure system settings. Syntax Parameters setenv [gatewayip address | primary_image f10boot location | secondary_image f10boot location | default_image f10boot location | ipaddre address | ethaddr address | enablepwdignore | stconfigignore] gatewayip Enter the IP address for the default gateway.
PAGE 1462
61 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • ip unnumbered ipv6 unnumbered tunnel allow-remote tunnel destination tunnel dscp tunnel flow-label tunnel hop-limit tunnel keepalive tunnel-mode tunnel source ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1463
● If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 1464
Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry use the no tunnel allow-remote command. Any specified address/mask values must match an existing entry for the delete to succeed. If the address and mask are not specified, this command deletes all allow-remote entries. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1465
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. The tunnel interface is inoperable without a valid tunnel destination address for the configured Tunnel mode.
PAGE 1466
Usage Information This command configures the method used to set the high 6 bits (the differentiated services codepoint) of the IPv4 TOS or the IPv6 traffic class in the outer IP header. A value of 0 copies original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/ Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. tunnel flow-label Configure the method to set the IPv6 flow label value in the outer tunnel header.
PAGE 1467
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. A value of 0 copies the inner packet hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value. tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts.
PAGE 1468
When configuring tunnel keepalive at both end points of a tunnel interface it is recommended to set the tunnel keepalive target to the logical IPv4 or IPv6 address of the far end tunnel peer, rather than to the tunnel destination. This reduces the chance of both ends of the tunnel staying in keepalive down state. If both ends get into a keepalive down state that does not clear in a few seconds, then performing shutdown - no shutdown sequence on one end should bring both ends back to up.
PAGE 1469
tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-type-number | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. interface-typenumber ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1470
62 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1471
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. debug uplink-state-group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1472
Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1473
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group.
PAGE 1474
all Defaults Brings down all downstream links in the group. No downstream links are disabled when an upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1475
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. Syntax Parameters Defaults show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1476
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1477
uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch or router. Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. Parameters Defaults group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. The range is from 1 to 16. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1478
Parameters interface Enter one of the following interface types: ● 10 Gigabit Ethernet: tengigabitethernet {slot/port | slot/portrange} ● 40-Gigabit Ethernet:fortyGigE {slot/port} ● Port channel: port-channel {1–128 | port-channel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: gigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and port-range entry.
PAGE 1479
63 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking OS supports this feature. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in Layer 2.
PAGE 1480
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. When packets are colored green; no packets are dropped. dei honor Honor the incoming DEI value by mapping it to a Dell Networking OS drop precedence.
PAGE 1481
dei mark Set the DEI value on egress according to the color currently assigned to the packet. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults dei mark {green | yellow} {0 | 1} 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | red | yellow Choose a color: ● Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped. ● Yellow: Lower priority packets that are treated as best-effort. All the packets on egress are marked with DEI 0.
PAGE 1482
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1483
Usage Information NOTE: The following message displays to confirm the command: All non-default configurations on the related member ports ports () will be removed. Do you want to continue (y/n)? If you enter “y”, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group are removed when you reboot the unit. vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network.
PAGE 1484
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1485
sp-tag-dot1p value Defaults Enter the keyword sp-tag-dot1p then the service provider dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1486
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information For specific interoperability limitations regarding the S-Tag TPID, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1487
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 7.8.1.0 Functionality augmented for C-Series and S-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.7.1.0 Functionality augmented for E-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1488
Example 2 Dell(config)# vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)# interface TenGigabitethernet 3/10 Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)# no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)# switchport Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)# vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)# exit Dell(config)# interface TenGigabitethernet 5/1 Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# switchport Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)# exit Dell(config)# interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)# v
PAGE 1489
64 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1490
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer used as the VLT backup link endpoint for sending out-of-band (OOB) hello messages. Syntax back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} Parameters Defaults ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1491
Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1492
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore command.
PAGE 1493
Parameters Defaults vlt Force all VLT LACP members to become switchports. port-channel Force all LACP port-channel members to become switchports. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1494
Parameters value Enter the timeout value (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1495
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan option. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan option. When a VLT peer with bare metal provisioning (BMP) is booting up, it sends untagged DHCP discover packets to its peer over the VLTi.
PAGE 1496
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1497
If the primary peer fails, the secondary peer (with the higher priority) takes the primary role. If the primary peer (with the lower priority) later comes back online, it is assigned the secondary role (there is no preemption). show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example (Brief) This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1498
show vlt backup-link Displays information about the backup link operation. Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1499
Command History Usage Information Example Example (igmpsnoop) Example (igmpsnoop interface port-channel) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1500
Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Synced : 0 0 show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1501
Example Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Spanned Multicast Routing IIF Inconsistency Multicast Route LocalIIF -----------------------(22.22.22.200, 225.1.1.2) VLAN 5 (*, 225.1.1.2) VLAN 15 Dell# PeerIIF --------VLAN 6 te 1/5 show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters.
PAGE 1502
Vlan-ID -------- Local Status ------------ 4094 Peer Status ----------- Active Inactive Dell# Example for Qin-Q implementation over VLT Dell#show vlt Domain -----Parameters ---------PB for stp mismatch Local ----Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vlan, M Vlan-stack Vlan-ID ------- Local ----- 100 N Peer ---M Port-type-config ---------------Codes:: p - PVLAN Promiscuous port, h - PVLAN Host port, t - PVLAN Trunk
PAGE 1503
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1504
Related Commands Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Added parameters multicast and ndp 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support in the output for ARP, MAC, and IGMP snooping. 8.
PAGE 1505
Route Route Route Route updates sent to Peer: 0 updates rcvd from Peer: 0 update pkts sent to Peer: 0 update pkts rcvd from Peer: 0 VLT NDP Statistics -------------------NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:16 NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:46 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:0 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 Ndp-sync Pkts Sent:144 Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between
PAGE 1506
Parameters Defaults mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1507
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you create a VLT domain on a switch, the Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations. To explicitly configure the unit ID of a VLT peer, use the unit-id command. Configure a different unit ID (0 or 1) on each peer switch.
PAGE 1508
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1509
40 50(C) 60 (I) T T T Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) 1509
PAGE 1510
65 VLT Proxy Gateway The virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a Layer 3 (L3) end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, see the Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1511
proxy-gateway static Enables the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. S4820T Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1512
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. You can configure the MAC address of a VLT peer in a remote VLT domain to associate with the static VLT proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN, or a range of VLANs, from proxy routing.
PAGE 1513
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. You must configure the VLT port channel interface which is connecting to the remote VLT domain as peer-domain-link. You can also configure the VLANs you want to exclude from the VLT proxy gateway.
PAGE 1514
vlt-peer-mac transmit Enables the device to transmit the peer MAC address along with its own MAC address in LLDP TLV packets to the remote VLT domain. S4820T Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1515
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. The proxy-gateway feature may go operationally down for any of the following reasons: ● ● ● ● LLDP is globally disabled. LDP is disabled per port. VLT port-channel is down. LLDP neighbor is down.
PAGE 1516
66 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to coexist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip vrf ip http vrf description ip vrf forwarding ip route-export ip route-import ipv6 route-export ipv6 route-import match source-protocol redistribute interface management maximum dynamic-routes show ip vrf show run vrf ip vrf Create or delete a customer VRF.
PAGE 1517
ip http vrf Configure an HTTP client with a VRF used to connect to the HTTP server. S4820T Syntax ip http vrf {management | vrf-name} To undo the HTTP client configuration, use the ip http vrf command. Parameters Defaults management Enter the keyword management for configuring the management VRF that uses an HTTP client. vrf-name Enter a VRF name that the HTTP client uses. If you do not specify a VRF name, the HTTP client uses the default VRF.
PAGE 1518
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a VRF. Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrfname | management} command. Parameters Defaults vrf-name Enter name of the VRF that you want to associate the interface to.
PAGE 1519
Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# ip vrf forwarding red Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# ip add 100.1.1.1/24 Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/46 ip vrf forwarding red ip address 100.1.1.1/24 no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# ip route-export Enables route leaking between VRFs. This command exports or shares IPv4 routes corresponding to one VRF with other nondefault VRFs.
PAGE 1520
Related Commands ● ip route-import — imports routes from another VRF. ip route-import Imports IPv4 routes that another VRF leaks using the VRF tag during the export of these routes. Syntax ip route-import tag [route-map—name] Parameters route-import Enter the keywords route-import to import routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF.
PAGE 1521
routes are duplicated into the VRF's RTM. It is mandatory to use route-maps to filter out leaked routes while sharing global routes with VRFs. Defaults N/A Command Modes ● VRF mode ● CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1522
Command History Usage Information Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 1523
redistribute Redistributes leaked or exported routes corresponding to specific protocols. Syntax Parameters redistribute {imported-bgp | import-ospf | import-isis} imported-bgp Enter the keywords imported-bgp to redistribute leaked routes that are learned using the BGP protocol. imported-ospf Enter the keywords imported-ospf to redistribute leaked routes that are learned using the OSPF protocol.
PAGE 1524
Usage Information When you use this command, the management ports corresponding to both the active unit and the standby unit are associated with the management VRF. maximum dynamic-routes Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) routes a VRF can have. Syntax maximum dynamic-routes limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warningonly} To remove the limit on the maximum number of routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes command. Parameters limit Maximum number of routes allowed in a VRF.
PAGE 1525
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 1526
Usage Information Example 1526 Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. This command displays information from the running-config corresponding to either a specific VRF or all the VRFs in the system.
PAGE 1527
67 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking OS. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 1528
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication.
PAGE 1529
Parameters vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID to clear the group’s counters. The range is from 1 to 255. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1530
To disable debugging, use the no debug vrrp [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} command. Parameters vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes.
PAGE 1531
To delete a VRRP group description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1532
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable. Related Commands ● virtual-address — specify the IP address of the virtual router. hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router.
PAGE 1533
preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, configure a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1534
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1535
! Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)# show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. S4820T Syntax Parameters show vrrp [vrrp-id][brief][interface type][ipv6][interface type][vrf vrfname] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information about the VRRP groups.
PAGE 1536
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vrrp brief command. Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot, and port of the configured VRRP group. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface. If you configured the track command to track that interface and you disable the interface, the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface.
PAGE 1537
Item Description ● Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. ● Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the interface’s VRRP router. Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is configured, this lists the authentication type and password. Tracking states..
PAGE 1538
track Monitor an interface and lower the priority value of the VRRP group on that interface if it is disabled. Syntax track interface [priority-cost cost] To disable monitoring, use the no track interface command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1539
Command Modes VRRP Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1540
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1541
● When an interface comes up, whether as part of a system reload or an interface reload, the system waits 300 seconds (5 minutes) to bring up VRRP on that interface. Related Command ● vrrp delay reload — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. Syntax Parameters Defaults vrrp delay reload seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay.
PAGE 1542
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1543
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Added support to clear the interface configurations corresponding to a range of ports. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 1544
database Enter the keyword database to display changes related to group, prefix, and interface entries in the VRRP table. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes. timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1545
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.
PAGE 1546
Example Dell# show vrrp ipv6 -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 5/6, IPv6 VRID: 255, Version: 3, Net: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 State: Master, Priority: 101, Master: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 (local) Hold Down: 0 centisec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 100 centisec Accept Mode: FALSE, Master AdvInt: 100 centisec Adv rcvd: 0, Bad pkts rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 64 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:02:ff Virtual IP address: 1::255 fe80::255 vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group.
PAGE 1547
Related Commands ● virtual-address — assigns up to 12 virtual IP addresses per VRRP group.